WO2024202564A1 - Multilayer resin sheet - Google Patents
Multilayer resin sheet Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024202564A1 WO2024202564A1 PCT/JP2024/004160 JP2024004160W WO2024202564A1 WO 2024202564 A1 WO2024202564 A1 WO 2024202564A1 JP 2024004160 W JP2024004160 W JP 2024004160W WO 2024202564 A1 WO2024202564 A1 WO 2024202564A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- resin composition
- layer
- resin sheet
- composition layer
- resin
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/18—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
- B32B27/20—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using fillers, pigments, thixotroping agents
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/34—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/38—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising epoxy resins
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K1/00—Printed circuits
- H05K1/02—Details
- H05K1/03—Use of materials for the substrate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K1/00—Printed circuits
- H05K1/02—Details
- H05K1/11—Printed elements for providing electric connections to or between printed circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/40—Forming printed elements for providing electric connections to or between printed circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/46—Manufacturing multilayer circuits
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a multilayer resin sheet. It also relates to a multilayer resin sheet with a support, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor device obtained using the multilayer resin sheet. The present invention also relates to a method for producing a printed wiring board using the multilayer resin sheet.
- a known manufacturing technique for printed wiring boards is a build-up method in which insulating layers and conductor layers (circuit layers) are alternately stacked.
- an insulating layer is generally formed by laminating a resin composition layer onto a circuit board using a resin sheet or the like containing a resin composition layer, and curing the resin composition layer.
- Patent Document 1 discloses a technique in which a resin composition layer is laminated onto a circuit board using a resin sheet having multiple resin composition layers, the resin composition layer is thermally cured to obtain a cured product, and then the cured product is roughened to form a thin insulating layer with excellent mechanical strength.
- the present invention provides a novel technology that can produce an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smearing, and well-shaped via holes, even when a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support.
- ⁇ 2> The multilayer resin sheet according to ⁇ 1>, wherein D1 is an average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer and D2 is an average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer, and D1 is ⁇ D2.
- ⁇ 3> The multilayer resin sheet according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the content of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer is 5% by mass or less, when the non-volatile components in the first resin composition layer are 100% by mass.
- ⁇ 4> The multilayer resin sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the etching rate RA is 0.1% or more and less than 1%.
- ⁇ 5> ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein t ⁇ (T-t), where T is the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the multilayer resin sheet and t is the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the first resin composition layer.
- T is the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the multilayer resin sheet
- t is the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the first resin composition layer.
- ⁇ 7> The multilayer resin sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, which is for use as an insulating layer in a printed wiring board.
- a multilayer resin sheet with a support comprising: the multilayer resin sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>; and a support bonded to the first resin composition layer of the multilayer resin sheet.
- a method for producing a printed wiring board comprising the following steps (I) to (IV): (I) a step of laminating the multilayer resin sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> on an inner layer substrate so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite to the first resin composition layer is bonded to the inner layer substrate; (II) a step of curing the multilayer resin sheet to form an insulating layer; (III) a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer by a laser and performing a desmear treatment; and (IV) a step of forming a metal film on the surface of the insulating layer after the desmear treatment.
- a printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet according
- the present invention provides a novel technology that can produce an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smearing, and well-shaped via holes, even when a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support.
- the present invention also provides an insulating layer with little change in thickness before and after the desmear process, even when the desmear process is performed after the support is peeled off.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is characterized in that it comprises two or more resin composition layers including a first resin composition layer which is one of the outermost layers and a layer other than the first resin composition layer, and in that, when an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the first resin composition layer is defined as RA and an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the resin composition layer which is the outermost layer opposite to the first resin composition layer is defined as RD, RD/RA is 5 or more and less than 100, and the cured product of the first resin composition layer after the desmear treatment has an Ra of less than 50 nm.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention has a structure in which two or more resin composition layers are laminated on top of each other.
- a multilayer resin sheet having a structure in which two resin composition layers, a first resin composition layer and a second resin composition layer, are laminated both the first resin composition layer and the second resin composition layer are the outermost layers.
- N resin composition layers here, N is an integer of 3 or more
- the first resin composition layer and the Nth resin composition layer are the outermost layers.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is used by laminating it to a member to be laminated (for example, an inner layer substrate described later), and at this time, the surface opposite to the first resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer of one side (the other outermost layer; in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of two resin composition layers, the second resin composition layer corresponds to this, and in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of N resin composition layers, the Nth resin composition layer corresponds to this) is laminated to the member to be laminated. Therefore, when laminated to the member to be laminated, the first resin composition layer becomes the outside (external environment side), and therefore, hereinafter, the first resin composition layer may be simply referred to as the "outer layer".
- the layers other than the first resin composition layer are located between the first resin composition layer and the member to be laminated after being laminated to the member to be laminated, and therefore, hereinafter, the layers other than the first resin composition layer may be collectively simply referred to as the "inner layer".
- the resin composition layer may be two or more layers, and may be three or more layers.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention may be formed by causing differences in the content of each component in essentially one resin sheet. In this case, the part where there is a difference in the content of each component can be interpreted as the layer interface.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is characterized in that, when the etching rate by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the first resin composition layer, which is one of the outermost layers, is RA and the etching rate by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer on the opposite side to the first resin composition layer, is RD/RA is 5 or more and less than 100.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can provide an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can provide an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after the desmear treatment.
- the "etching rate by desmear treatment of the cured product" in reference to the resin composition layer refers to the mass reduction rate (mass %) calculated by the formula: [(M'-M")/M'] x 100, where M' is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer before desmear treatment, and M" is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer after desmear treatment.
- the etching rate RA by desmear treatment of the cured product of the first resin composition layer is calculated by the formula: [(MA'-MA")/MA'] x 100, where MA' is the mass of the cured product of the first resin composition layer before desmear treatment, and MA" is the mass of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmear treatment.
- the etching rate RD by desmearing of the cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer is calculated by the formula: [(MD'-MD")/MD'] x 100, where MD' is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer before desmearing, and MD" is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer after desmearing.
- the "resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer” corresponds to the second resin composition layer in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of two resin composition layers, and the Nth resin composition layer in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of N resin composition layers.
- the etching rates RA and RD can be measured according to the method described in the section "Measurement of Etching Rate" below.
- the target resin composition layer is thermally cured by heating at 100°C for 30 minutes and then at 170°C for 30 minutes, and the resulting cured product is subjected to a desmear treatment in which the product is immersed in a swelling liquid at 60°C for 10 minutes, in an oxidizing agent liquid at 80°C for 20 minutes, and in a neutralizing liquid at 40°C for 10 minutes
- the etching rates RA and RD can be determined by measuring the mass of the cured product before and after the desmear treatment and substituting the results into the above formula.
- the etching rate RA is sufficiently smaller than the etching rate RD, and the RD/RA ratio is 5 or more, preferably 5.5 or more or 6 or more, more preferably 6.5 or more or 7 or more, and even more preferably 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 12 or more, 14 or more, or 15 or more.
- an RD/RA ratio of 10 or more is preferable because it is likely to provide an insulating layer with particularly good surface smoothness.
- the etching rate RD is not too large compared to the etching rate RA, and the RD/RA ratio is less than 100, and is preferably 98 or less, 96 or less, or 95 or less, more preferably 94 or less, 92 or less, 90 or less, 88 or less, or 86 or less, and even more preferably 85 or less, 84 or less, 82 or less, or 80 or less.
- an RD/RA ratio of 85 or less is preferable because it is easy to obtain an insulating layer having particularly well-shaped via holes with little dimensional change in the thickness direction of the insulating layer while suitably reducing smears.
- the etching rate RA by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the first resin composition layer is preferably 1% or less or less than 1%, more preferably 0.9% or less, and even more preferably 0.9% or less.
- the etching rate RA is 0.1% or more and less than 1%.
- the etching rate RD by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer opposite to the first resin composition layer, is not limited as long as the RD/RA ratio is within the above-mentioned specific range in relation to the etching rate RA.
- the etching rate RD is preferably in the range of 20% or less, more preferably 18% or less, 16% or less, or 15% or less, even more preferably 14% or less, 12% or less, or 10% or less, and even more preferably less than 10%, 9.5% or less, or 9% or less, and the lower limit is preferably 0.5% or more, more preferably 0.6% or more, or 0.8% or more, and even more preferably 1% or more, 1.2% or more, 1.4% or more, or 1.5% or more.
- the first resin composition layer which is one of the outermost layers, when desmeared after curing, produces a cured product with small surface roughness and good surface smoothness.
- the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmearing is less than 50 nm. If the Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmearing is less than 50 nm, even if the thickness of the metal film provided thereon as a plating seed layer is made thinner, plating burn during wiring formation is suppressed and a uniform conductor layer (wiring) is easily formed, which is advantageous from the viewpoint of fine wiring.
- the Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmearing may be even smaller, and may be preferably 45 nm or less, 40 nm or less, or 35 nm or less, more preferably 30 nm or less, 28 nm or less, 26 nm or less, or 25 nm or less.
- the lower limit of the Ra is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 nm or more, 2 nm or more, 3 nm or more, etc.
- the Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after the desmear treatment can be measured according to the method described below in the section [Measurement of surface roughness].
- the first resin composition layer is thermally cured by heating at 100°C for 30 minutes and then at 170°C for 30 minutes, and the resulting cured product is subjected to a desmear treatment in which the product is immersed in a swelling liquid at 60°C for 10 minutes, an oxidizing agent liquid at 80°C for 20 minutes, and a neutralizing liquid at 40°C for 10 minutes.
- the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after the desmear treatment is measured and found.
- the layers other than the first resin composition layer contain an inorganic filler from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with a low linear thermal expansion coefficient and from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with a low dielectric tangent (and thus a cured product with low transmission loss when operated in a high frequency environment). Details of the inorganic filler will be described later.
- the first resin composition layer may or may not contain an inorganic filler.
- the first resin composition layer contains an inorganic filler from the viewpoint of providing a cured product with a low linear thermal expansion coefficient and a low dielectric loss tangent.
- the inorganic filler contained in the first resin composition layer has a smaller average particle size than the inorganic filler contained in the layers other than the first resin composition layer from the viewpoint of providing a cured product with a lower surface roughness and good smoothness after the desmear treatment.
- the average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer is D1 and the average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer is D2, D1 ⁇ D2.
- the above D1 and D2 preferably satisfy the relationship D1 ⁇ 0.9D2, more preferably D1 ⁇ 0.8D2, D1 ⁇ 0.7D2, D1 ⁇ 0.6D2, D1 ⁇ 0.55D2 or D1 ⁇ 0.5D2.
- D1 ⁇ 0.9D2 more preferably D1 ⁇ 0.8D2, D1 ⁇ 0.7D2, D1 ⁇ 0.6D2, D1 ⁇ 0.55D2 or D1 ⁇ 0.5D2.
- the first resin composition layer may be substantially free of inorganic fillers.
- the content of inorganic fillers may be 5% by mass or less, 4% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less, or the first resin composition layer may be free of inorganic fillers.
- the layers other than the first resin composition layer in the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention are thicker than the first resin composition layer. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, when the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the multilayer resin sheet is T and the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the first resin composition layer is t, t ⁇ (T-t).
- t and T preferably satisfy the relationship t ⁇ 0.2T, more preferably t ⁇ 0.15T, t ⁇ 0.1T, t ⁇ 0.08T, t ⁇ 0.06T, or t ⁇ 0.05T.
- t and T preferably satisfy the relationship of 0.005T ⁇ t, 0.01T ⁇ t, or 0.02T ⁇ t, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, and further from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after the desmear treatment.
- t' when the thickness ( ⁇ m) of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer on the side opposite to the first resin composition layer is t', t' preferably satisfies the relationship of t' ⁇ 0.1(T-t) in the relationship with the above t and T, and more preferably satisfies the relationship of t' ⁇ 0.2(T-t), t' ⁇ 0.3(T-t), t' ⁇ 0.4(T-t), or t' ⁇ 0.5(T-t).
- the suitable value of the thickness T of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention varies depending on the application, and may be determined appropriately depending on the application.
- the thickness T of the multilayer resin sheet is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 150 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, 100 ⁇ m or less, 80 ⁇ m or less, 60 ⁇ m or less, or 50 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the thickness T is not particularly limited, but can usually be 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, etc.
- the resin composition layers constituting the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention will be described in detail below.
- the blending components and blending amounts of the first resin composition layer may be applied by reading the "resin composition layer” described below as the "first resin composition layer”
- the blending components and blending amounts of the layers other than the first resin composition layer may be applied by reading the "resin composition layer” described below as the "layers other than the first resin composition layer”.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is a multilayer resin sheet having a structure in which N layers (where N is an integer of 3 or more) of resin composition layers are laminated
- the blending amounts of the blending components of the layers other than the first resin composition layer refer to the blending amounts of each blending component in the entire layers (the number of layers is N-1) other than the first resin composition layer
- the physical properties of the blending components of the layers other than the first resin composition layer refer to the average physical properties of each blending component in the entire layers (the number of layers is N-1) other than the first resin composition layer.
- the resin composition layer may contain an inorganic filler as described above.
- inorganic filler materials include silica, alumina, glass, cordierite, silicon oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, talc, clay, mica powder, zinc oxide, hydrotalcite, boehmite, aluminum silicate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, manganese nitride, aluminum borate, strontium carbonate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, magnesium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, barium titanate, barium zirconate titanate, barium zirconate, calcium zirconate, zirconium phosphate, and zirconium tungstate phosphate.
- silica is particularly suitable.
- examples of silica include amorphous silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, synthetic silica, and hollow silica.
- spherical silica is preferred as the silica.
- the inorganic filler may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
- inorganic fillers include, for example, "SP60-05” and “SP507-05” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.; "YC100C”, “YA050C”, “YA050C-MJE”, “YA010C”, “SC2500SQ”, "SO-C4", “SO-C2", and “SO-C1” manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd.; "UFP-30”, “DAW-03", and “FB-105FD” manufactured by Denka Co., Ltd.; “Silfil NSS-3N", “Silfil NSS-4N", and “Silfil NSS-5N” manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation; "Cellspheres” and “MGH-005" manufactured by Taiheiyo Cement Corporation; and “Sfereek” and "BA-1” manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Co., Ltd.
- the average particle size of the inorganic filler is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, 2 ⁇ m or less, 1 ⁇ m or less, 0.8 ⁇ m or less, or 0.7 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the average particle size is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or more, even more preferably 0.07 ⁇ m or more, 0.1 ⁇ m or more, or 0.2 ⁇ m or more.
- the average particle size of the inorganic filler can be measured by a laser diffraction/scattering method based on the Mie scattering theory.
- the particle size distribution of the inorganic filler is created on a volume basis using a laser diffraction/scattering particle size distribution measuring device, and the median diameter is used as the average particle size.
- the measurement sample can be prepared by weighing 100 mg of the inorganic filler and 10 g of methyl ethyl ketone into a vial and dispersing it with ultrasound for 10 minutes.
- the measurement sample was measured using a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device with blue and red light source wavelengths and a flow cell method to measure the volumetric particle size distribution of the inorganic filler, and the average particle size was calculated as the median diameter from the obtained particle size distribution.
- An example of a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device is the "LA-960" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.
- D1 ⁇ D2 where D1 is the average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer and D2 is the average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer.
- D1 is the average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer
- D2 is the average particle size ( ⁇ m) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer.
- D1 is preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less, 0.7 ⁇ m or less, or 0.6 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, 0.4 ⁇ m or less, 0.3 ⁇ m or less, or 0.2 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of D1 is as described above, and can be, for example, 0.01 ⁇ m or more, 0.02 ⁇ m or more, etc.
- the inorganic filler is preferably surface-treated with an appropriate surface treatment agent.
- the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents such as vinyl silane coupling agents, epoxy silane coupling agents, styryl silane coupling agents, (meth)acrylic silane coupling agents, amino silane coupling agents, isocyanurate silane coupling agents, ureido silane coupling agents, mercapto silane coupling agents, isocyanate silane coupling agents, and acid anhydride silane coupling agents; non-silane coupling-alkoxysilane compounds such as methyltrimethoxysilane and phenyltrimethoxysilane; and silazane compounds.
- the surface treatment agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- surface treatment agents include, for example, "KBM403” (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane), “KBM803” (3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane), “KBE903” (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane), “KBM573” (N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane), and “SZ-31” (hexamethyldisilazane), all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
- the degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent is preferably within a specified range from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler. Specifically, it is preferable that 100 parts by mass of the inorganic filler is surface-treated with 0.2 to 5 parts by mass of the surface treatment agent.
- the degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent can be evaluated by the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler.
- the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.02 mg/m 2 or more, more preferably 0.1 mg/m 2 or more, and even more preferably 0.2 mg/m 2 or more.
- it is preferably 1.0 mg/m 2 or less, more preferably 0.8 mg/m 2 or less, and even more preferably 0.5 mg/m 2 or less.
- the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured after the inorganic filler after the surface treatment is washed with a solvent (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)). Specifically, a sufficient amount of MEK as a solvent is added to the inorganic filler surface-treated with the surface treatment agent, and ultrasonic cleaning is performed at 25 ° C. for 5 minutes. After removing the supernatant and drying the solid content, the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured using a carbon analyzer, such as "EMIA-320V" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.
- a solvent e.g., methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
- the content of the inorganic filler in the resin composition layer may be determined according to the properties required for the multilayer resin sheet.
- the content C2 of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer is preferably 40 mass% or more or 45 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more, 55 mass% or more or 60 mass% or more, and even more preferably 65 mass% or more, 66 mass% or more, 68 mass% or more, 70 mass% or more, 72 mass% or more, or 74 mass%.
- the upper limit of the content C2 is as described above, but is preferably 80 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, or 70 mass% or less.
- the content C1 (mass%) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer and the content C2 (mass%) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer satisfy the relationship C1 ⁇ C2.
- C1 and C2 satisfy the above relationship, it is preferable because it is easy to adjust the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range.
- the suitable range for C2 is as described above.
- the first resin composition layer may be substantially free of inorganic fillers.
- the content C1 of inorganic fillers in the first resin composition layer may be 5% by mass or less, 4% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less.
- the first resin composition layer may be free of inorganic fillers.
- the resin composition layer preferably contains a thermosetting resin.
- thermosetting resins examples include epoxy resins, benzocyclobutene resins, epoxy acrylate resins, urethane acrylate resins, urethane resins, cyanate resins, unsaturated polyester resins, melamine resins, and silicone resins.
- Thermosetting resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
- thermosetting resin contains an epoxy resin.
- epoxy resins include bisphenol-type epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, trisphenol-type epoxy resins, naphthol novolac-type epoxy resins, phenol novolac-type epoxy resins, tert-butyl-catechol-type epoxy resins, naphthalene-type epoxy resins, naphthol-type epoxy resins, anthracene-type epoxy resins, glycidylamine-type epoxy resins, glycidyl ester-type epoxy resins, cresol novolac-type epoxy resins, biphenyl-type epoxy resins, linear aliphatic epoxy resins, epoxy resins having a butadiene structure, alicyclic epoxy resins, heterocyclic epoxy resins, spiro ring-containing epoxy resins, cyclohexane-type epoxy resins, cyclohexane dimethanol-type epoxy resins, naphthylene ether-type epoxy resins, trimethylol-type epoxy resins
- Bisphenol-type epoxy resins refer to epoxy resins having a bisphenol structure, and examples include bisphenol A-type epoxy resins, bisphenol F-type epoxy resins, bisphenol S-type epoxy resins, and bisphenol AF-type epoxy resins.
- Biphenyl-type epoxy resin refers to an epoxy resin having a biphenyl structure, where the biphenyl structure may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an aryl group. Therefore, bixylenol-type epoxy resins and biphenylaralkyl-type epoxy resins are also included in biphenyl-type epoxy resins.
- the epoxy resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
- aromatic epoxy resin means an epoxy resin that has an aromatic ring in its molecule.
- the epoxy resin preferably has two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
- the proportion of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more.
- Epoxy resins include those that are liquid at a temperature of 20°C (hereafter referred to as “liquid epoxy resins”) and those that are solid at a temperature of 20°C (hereafter referred to as “solid epoxy resins").
- the liquid epoxy resin is preferably one that has two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
- Preferred liquid epoxy resins are bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, bisphenol AF type epoxy resins, naphthalene type epoxy resins, glycidyl ester type epoxy resins, glycidyl amine type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, alicyclic epoxy resins such as alicyclic epoxy resins having an ester skeleton, cyclohexane type epoxy resins, cyclohexane dimethanol type epoxy resins, and epoxy resins having a butadiene structure.
- liquid epoxy resins include DIC's "HP-4032", “HP-4032D”, and “HP-4032SS” (naphthalene type epoxy resins); Mitsubishi Chemical's “828US”, “jER828EL”, “825", and “Epicoat 828EL” (bisphenol A type epoxy resins); Mitsubishi Chemical's “jER807” and “1750” (bisphenol F type epoxy resins); Mitsubishi Chemical's “jER152” (phenol novolac type epoxy resin); Mitsubishi Chemical's "630” and “630LSD” (p-aminophenol type epoxy resins, glycidyl ether type epoxy resins).
- solid epoxy resin a solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable, and an aromatic solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is more preferable.
- Preferred solid epoxy resins are bixylenol type epoxy resins, naphthalene type epoxy resins, naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, trisphenol type epoxy resins, naphthol type epoxy resins, biphenyl type epoxy resins, naphthylene ether type epoxy resins, anthracene type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol AF type epoxy resins, and tetraphenylethane type epoxy resins.
- solid epoxy resins include DIC's "HP-4032H” (naphthalene type epoxy resin); DIC's “HP-4700” and “HP-4710” (naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin); DIC's "N-690” (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC's "N-695" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC's "HP-7200HH", “HP-7200H", and “HP-7200” (dicyclopentadiene ether type epoxy resins); DIC Corporation's "EXA-7311", “EXA-7311-G3", “EXA-7311-G4", "EXA-7311-G4S", and "HP6000" (naphthylene ether type epoxy resins); Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "EPPN-502H” (trisphenol type epoxy resin); Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "NC-7000-L” (naphthol
- YX8800 anthracene type epoxy resin manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals
- PG-100 and “CG-500” manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals
- YL7760 bisphenol AF type epoxy resin
- YL7800 fluorene type epoxy resin
- jER1010 solid bisphenol A type epoxy resin
- jER1031S tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin
- the resin composition layer may contain only liquid epoxy resin as the epoxy resin, may contain only solid epoxy resin, or may contain a combination of liquid epoxy resin and solid epoxy resin. From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the above RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, it is preferable that the resin composition layer contains a solid epoxy resin.
- the ratio by mass between them is preferably 1:0.5 to 1:50, more preferably 1:1 to 1:30, and even more preferably 1:2 to 1:20.
- the mass ratio X1 of the solid epoxy resin/liquid epoxy resin in the first resin composition layer is preferably higher than the mass ratio X2 of the solid epoxy resin/liquid epoxy resin in the layers other than the first resin composition layer, and for example, the difference (X1-X2) between the mass ratio X1 and the mass ratio X2 may be 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, or 5 or more.
- the upper limit of the difference (X1-X2) may usually be 20 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 12 or less, etc.
- the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 50 g/eq. to 5000 g/eq., more preferably 50 g/eq. to 3000 g/eq., even more preferably 80 g/eq. to 2000 g/eq., and even more preferably 110 g/eq. to 1000 g/eq.
- the epoxy equivalent is the mass of an epoxy resin containing one equivalent of epoxy groups. This epoxy equivalent can be measured according to JIS K7236.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the epoxy resin is preferably 100 to 5000, more preferably 250 to 3000, and even more preferably 400 to 1500.
- the Mw of the epoxy resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the content of the thermosetting resin in the resin composition layer is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 12% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, or 15% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition layer is taken as 100% by mass.
- the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be determined according to the properties required of the resin composition, but may be, for example, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, or 40% by mass or less.
- the "resin component" of the resin composition layer refers to the solids (non-volatile components) constituting the resin composition layer, excluding the inorganic filler described below.
- the resin composition layer may contain, in addition to the thermosetting resin and inorganic filler, one or more selected from a curing agent, a thermoplastic resin, a radical polymerizable resin, and a curing accelerator.
- the resin composition layer preferably contains a curing agent.
- the curing agent usually has a function of reacting with the thermosetting resin to cure the resin composition layer.
- the curing agent examples include active ester curing agents, phenolic curing agents, naphthol curing agents, acid anhydride curing agents, cyanate ester curing agents, carbodiimide curing agents, and amine curing agents.
- the curing agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the curing agent contains one or more selected from the group consisting of active ester-based curing agents, phenol-based curing agents, and naphthol-based curing agents, and from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer having better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, it is preferable that the curing agent contains an active ester-based curing agent, since it is easy to adjust the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range and it is possible to obtain an insulating layer having better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes.
- the curing agent contains one or more selected from the group consisting of active ester-based curing agents, phenol-based curing agents, and naphthol-based curing agents, and more preferably contains an active ester-based curing agent.
- the active ester curing agent a compound having one or more active ester groups in one molecule can be used.
- a compound having two or more highly reactive ester groups in one molecule such as phenol esters, thiophenol esters, N-hydroxyamine esters, and esters of heterocyclic hydroxy compounds, is preferred.
- the active ester curing agent is preferably one obtained by a condensation reaction between a carboxylic acid compound and/or a thiocarboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound and/or a thiol compound.
- an active ester curing agent derived from a carboxylic acid compound is preferred, an active ester curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound is more preferred, and an active ester curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and an aromatic hydroxy compound is even more preferred.
- carboxylic acid compound either an aromatic carboxylic acid compound or an aliphatic carboxylic acid may be used, and examples thereof include benzoic acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, etc.
- aromatic hydroxy compounds include (i) polyaddition products of unsaturated aliphatic cyclic compounds containing two double bonds in one molecule with phenols, (ii) various bisphenol compounds, (iii) aromatic polyols having two or more hydroxy groups bonded to a carbon atom on an aromatic ring, and (iv) aromatic monools having one hydroxy group bonded to a carbon atom on an aromatic ring.
- polyaddition products of unsaturated aliphatic cyclic compounds with phenols include polyaddition products of unsaturated aliphatic cyclic compounds such as dicyclopentadiene, tetrahydroindene, norbornadiene, limonene, and vinylcyclohexene with phenols that may have a substituent (e.g., phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, propylphenol, vinylphenol, allylphenol, phenylphenol, benzylphenol, halophenols, etc.), and specific examples thereof include polyaddition products of dicyclopentadiene and phenols.
- a substituent e.g., phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, propylphenol, vinylphenol, allylphenol, phenylphenol, benzylphenol, halophenols, etc.
- bisphenol compounds include bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol AF, bisphenol AP, bisphenol B, bisphenol BP, bisphenol C, and bisphenol M.
- aromatic polyols having two or more hydroxy groups bonded to carbon atoms on an aromatic ring include hydroquinone, resorcinol, catechol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, dihydroxybenzophenone, trihydroxybenzophenone, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, phloroglucinol, benzenetriol, and phenol novolak.
- aromatic monools having one hydroxyl group bonded to a carbon atom on an aromatic ring include phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, propylphenol, vinylphenol, allylphenol, phenylphenol, benzylphenol, halophenol, naphthol, methylnaphthol, dimethylnaphthol, ethylnaphthol, propylnaphthol, vinylnaphthol, allylnaphthol, phenylnaphthol, benzylnaphthol, and halonaphthol.
- suitable active ester-based curing agents include active ester compounds containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure, active ester compounds containing a naphthalene structure, active ester compounds containing an acetylated product of phenol novolac, and active ester compounds containing a benzoylated product of phenol novolac.
- active ester compounds containing a naphthalene structure and active ester compounds containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure are more preferred.
- the term "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure” refers to a divalent structural unit consisting of phenylene-dicyclopentalene-phenylene.
- active ester curing agents include active ester resins containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure, such as "EXB-9451”, “EXB-9460”, “EXB-9460S”, “HPC-8000-65T”, “HPC-8000H-65TM”, and “HPC-8000L-65TM” (manufactured by DIC Corporation); active ester resins containing a naphthalene structure, such as "EXB-8100L-65T”, “EXB-8150-60T”, “EXB-8150-62T", “EXB-9416-70BK", "HPC-8150-60T", and "HPC-8150-62T”.
- active ester resins containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure such as "EXB-9451”, “EXB-9460”, “EXB-9460S”, “HPC-8000-65T”, “HPC-8000H-65TM”, and “HPC-8000L-65TM” (man
- phenol-based and naphthol-based hardeners having a novolac structure are preferred.
- nitrogen-containing phenol-based and nitrogen-containing naphthol-based hardeners are preferred, and triazine-skeleton-containing phenol-based and triazine-skeleton-containing naphthol-based hardeners are more preferred.
- phenol-based and naphthol-based hardeners include “MEH-7700”, “MEH-7810", “MEH-7851”, and “MEH-8000H” manufactured by Meiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.; “NHN”, “CBN”, and “GPH” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; and “SN-170”, “SN-180”, “SN-190”, “SN-475”, “SN-485”, “SN-495”, “SN-495V”, and "SN-3” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.
- Acid anhydride curing agents include those that have one or more acid anhydride groups in one molecule.
- Specific examples of acid anhydride curing agents include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylnadic anhydride, hydrogenated methylnadic anhydride, trialkyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
- acid anhydrides examples include polymeric acid anhydrides such as biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3'-4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-C]furan-1,3-dione, ethylene glycol bis(anhydrotrimellitate), and styrene-maleic acid resins in which styrene and maleic acid are copolymerized.
- acid anhydride-based hardeners examples include "MH-700" manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.
- cyanate ester curing agents include bifunctional cyanate resins such as bisphenol A dicyanate, polyphenol cyanate, oligo(3-methylene-1,5-phenylene cyanate), 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-dimethylphenyl cyanate), 4,4'-ethylidene diphenyl dicyanate, hexafluorobisphenol A dicyanate, 2,2-bis(4-cyanate)phenylpropane, 1,1-bis(4-cyanate-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methane, 1,3-bis(4-cyanate-phenyl-1-(methylethylidene))benzene, bis(4-cyanate-phenyl)thioether, and bis(4-cyanate-phenyl)ether; multifunctional cyanate resins derived from phenol novolac and cresol novolac; prepolymers in which these cyanate resins have been partially converted to triazine; and the like.
- cyanate ester-based hardeners include arxada's "PT30" and “PT60” (phenol novolac-type multifunctional cyanate ester resins), “ULL-950S” (multifunctional cyanate ester resin), "BA230” and “BA230S75” (prepolymers in which part or all of bisphenol A dicyanate has been triazine-converted into a trimer).
- carbodiimide-based curing agents include Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-03 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 216 g/eq.), V-05 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 262 g/eq.), V-07 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 200 g/eq.), V-09 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 200 g/eq.), and Stavaxol (registered trademark) P (carbodiimide group equivalent: 302 g/eq.), all manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd.
- Amine-based curing agents include curing agents having one or more amino groups in one molecule, such as aliphatic amines, polyether amines, alicyclic amines, and aromatic amines.
- amine-based curing agents include 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-dimethylaniline), diphenyldiaminosulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, m-phenylenediamine, m-xylylenediamine, diethyltoluenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylether, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-
- bis(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane 3,3-dimethyl-5,5-diethyl-4,4-diphenylmethanediamine, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)sulfone, bis(4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl)sulfone, and the like.
- amine-based curing agents such as "KAYABOND C-200S”, “KAYABOND C-100”, “KAYAHARD A-A”, “KAYAHARD A-B”, and “KAYAHARD A-S” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and "Epicure W” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
- the content of the curing agent in the resin composition is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, or 40% by mass or more, assuming that the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass.
- the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be determined according to the properties required of the resin composition, but may be, for example, 80% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or less.
- the curing agent preferably contains an active ester curing agent, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes.
- the content of the active ester curing agent in the curing agent is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more, 75% by mass or more, or 80% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of being able to enjoy the effects of the present invention more effectively and from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product exhibiting particularly excellent dielectric properties, when the non-volatile components of the curing agent are taken as 100% by mass.
- the upper limit of the content of the active ester curing agent in the curing agent is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass, but may also be, for example, 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, etc.
- the mass ratio of the active ester-based curing agent to the thermosetting resin is preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 0.6 or more, and even more preferably 0.8 or more, 1 or more, 1.1 or more, 1.2 or more, 1.3 or more, 1.4 or more, or 1.5 or more, from the viewpoint of being able to enjoy the effects of the present invention more effectively and from the viewpoint of exhibiting particularly excellent dielectric properties.
- the upper limit of the mass ratio (active ester-based curing agent/thermosetting resin) may be, for example, 5 or less, 4.5 or less, 4 or less, etc.
- the mass ratio (active ester-based curing agent/thermosetting resin) in the first resin composition layer is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more or 1.4 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more, 16 or more, 1.8 or more, or 2 or more.
- the resin composition layer may contain a thermoplastic resin.
- thermoplastic resins include phenoxy resins, polyimide resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, acrylic resins, polyolefin resins, polybutadiene resins, polyamideimide resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene ether resins, polyetherimide resins, polycarbonate resins, polyetheretherketone resins, and polyester resins.
- resins selected from phenoxy resins, polyimide resins, acrylic resins, polyphenylene ether resins, and polycarbonate resins are preferred.
- Thermoplastic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- phenoxy resin-- examples include phenoxy resins having one or more skeletons selected from the group consisting of bisphenol A skeleton, bisphenol F skeleton, bisphenol S skeleton, bisphenolacetophenone skeleton, novolac skeleton, biphenyl skeleton, fluorene skeleton, dicyclopentadiene skeleton, norbornene skeleton, naphthalene skeleton, anthracene skeleton, adamantane skeleton, terpene skeleton, and trimethylcyclohexane skeleton.
- the terminal of the phenoxy resin may be any functional group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or an epoxy group.
- the phenoxy resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
- Specific examples of the phenoxy resin include “1256" and “4250” (both of which are phenoxy resins containing a bisphenol A skeleton), “YX8100” (phenoxy resin containing a bisphenol S skeleton), and “YX6954” (phenoxy resin containing a bisphenol acetophenone skeleton) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "FX280” and “FX293” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd., and "YX7200B35", "YX7500BH30", "YX6954BH30", “YX7553”, “YX7553BH30", “YL7769BH30", “YL6794", "YL7213", “YL7290”, and “YL7482” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
- the polyimide resin may be a resin having an imide structure.
- the polyimide resin may generally be obtained by an imidization reaction between a diamine compound and an acid anhydride, or an imidization reaction between a diisocyanate compound and an acid anhydride.
- polyimide resin examples include modified polyimides such as linear polyimides (polyimides described in JP-A-2006-37083) obtained by reacting a bifunctional hydroxyl group-terminated polybutadiene, a diisocyanate compound, and a tetrabasic acid anhydride, polysiloxane skeleton-containing polyimides (polyimides described in JP-A-2002-12667 and JP-A-2000-319386, etc.).
- the polyimide resin may be a commercially available product, such as "Rikacoat SN20" and "Rikacoat PN20" manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.
- the polyimide resin contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (1)").
- structural unit (1) The number of structural units (1) contained per molecule of the polyimide resin is 1 or more, and is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less, 50 or less, or 30 or less.
- R 1 is a tetravalent group represented by the following formula (1-1): R2 is a divalent group represented by the following formula (1-2).
- Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 each independently represent an aromatic ring which may have a substituent; L 11 , L 12 and L 13 each independently represent a divalent linking group; nc1 represents an integer of 0 or more.
- Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 each independently represent an aromatic ring which may have a substituent; L 21 , L 22 and L 23 each independently represent a divalent linking group; nc2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
- aromatic rings represented by Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are preferably aromatic rings having 6 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 100 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms.
- Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- aromatic ring means a ring according to the Huckel rule in which the number of electrons contained in the ⁇ electron system on the ring is 4n+2 (n is a natural number), and includes a monocyclic aromatic ring and a fused aromatic ring in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings are fused.
- the aromatic ring may be a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.
- aromatic ring examples include monocyclic aromatic rings such as a benzene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring; fused rings in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings are fused, such as a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a benzofuran ring, an isobenzofuran ring, an indole ring, an isoindole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzimidazole ring, an indazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a benziso
- substituent S include, independently of one another, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkyl group, an arylalkoxy group, a monovalent heterocyclic group, an alkylidene group, an amino group, a silyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group and an oxo group.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 11 , L 12 and L 13 is preferably a divalent group consisting of one or more (e.g., 1 to 3000, 1 to 1000, 1 to 100, 1 to 50) skeletal atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms and silicon atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, even more preferably 1 to 5 or 1 to 4.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkenylene group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 5.
- the number of carbon atoms of the arylene group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms of the heteroarylene group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 10, 4 to 10, or 5 to 10.
- the above-mentioned alkyl group, alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, arylene group, and heteroarylene group may further have a substituent.
- substituent include the above-mentioned substituent S.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 11 , L 12 , and L 13 does not contain an aromatic ring.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 11 and the divalent linking group represented by L 13 are the same as each other, and the divalent linking group represented by L 11 and the divalent linking group represented by L 12 are different from each other.
- L 11 and L 13 are -O-, and L 12 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent
- Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are each independently an aromatic carbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
- L 11 and L 13 are -O-
- L 12 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- L 11 and L 13 are -O-, and L 12 is a dimethylmethylene group.
- examples of the aromatic rings represented by Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 and the substituents which the aromatic rings may have are the same as those of the aromatic ring C and the substituent S.
- Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- L 21 and L 23 are -O-
- L 22 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent
- Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 , and Ar 24 are each independently an aromatic carbocycle having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
- L 21 and L 23 are -O-
- L 22 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- L 21 and L 23 are -O-
- L 22 is a dimethylmethylene group.
- Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
- Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- L 11 and L 13 are -O-
- L 12 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent
- L 21 and L 23 are -O-
- L 22 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- nc1 preferably represents an integer of 1 or more.
- the upper limit of the integer represented by nc1 is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 50, 40, 30, or 20.
- nc2 preferably represents an integer of 2 or more.
- the upper limit of the integer represented by nc2 is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 60, 50, 40, or 30.
- the structural unit (1) can be obtained, for example, by a known method for producing a polyimide resin, typically a method for polymerizing a monomer composition containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound to form an imid, or a method for polymerizing a monomer composition containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diisocyanate compound to form an imid. It is acceptable for the polyimide resin to contain a portion of a polyamic acid structure that may be generated during the imidization process.
- the structural unit (1) may be obtained, for example, by reacting 2,2-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]propane dianhydride (a compound represented by the following formula (I); hereinafter, also referred to as "BPADA”) with 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis[(1-methylethylidene)-4,1-phenyleneoxy]]bisbenzeneamine (a compound represented by the following formula (II); hereinafter, also referred to as "BPPAN”). That is, in the structural unit (1), R 1 is a skeleton derived from BPADA, and R 2 is a skeleton derived from BPPAN.
- BPADA 2,2-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]propane dianhydride
- BPPAN 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis[(1-methylethylidene)-4,1-phenyleneoxy]]bisbenzeneamine
- the polyimide resin may further include a structural unit represented by the following formula (2) (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (2)").
- structural unit (2) a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
- the number of structural units (2) contained per molecule of the polyimide resin is 0 or more, and is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less, 50 or less, or 30 or less.
- R3 represents a tetravalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent or a tetravalent aromatic group which may have a substituent
- R4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent.
- R3 is the same as R1
- R4 is different from R2
- R4 is the same as R2
- R3 is different from R1 .
- the tetravalent aliphatic group represented by R 3 contains at least a carbon atom, and is preferably a tetravalent group consisting of one or more (e.g., 1 to 3000, 1 to 1000, 1 to 100, 1 to 50) skeletal atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and silicon atoms.
- the tetravalent aliphatic group represented by R 3 is more preferably a tetravalent aliphatic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
- R 3 represents a tetravalent aliphatic group having a substituent
- examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S.
- the tetravalent aromatic group represented by R 3 is preferably a tetravalent aromatic group having 6 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms.
- the aromatic group contains at least an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the aromatic group are the same as the examples of the aromatic ring represented by Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 in formula (1-1).
- R 3 represents a tetravalent aromatic group having a substituent
- examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S.
- the tetravalent aromatic group represented by R3 may be a group obtained by removing two acid anhydride groups from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aromatic group which may have a substituent.
- Specific examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aromatic group which may have a substituent include BPADA, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
- the divalent aliphatic group represented by R 4 contains at least a carbon atom, and is preferably a divalent group consisting of one or more (e.g., 1 to 3000, 1 to 1000, 1 to 100, 1 to 50) skeletal atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and silicon atoms.
- the divalent aliphatic group represented by R 4 is more preferably a divalent aliphatic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
- R 4 when R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group having a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S, and are, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Therefore, in one embodiment, R 4 is a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, and one of the substituents is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, R 4 is a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, and is a divalent group obtained by removing two amino groups from isophoronediamine.
- R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent
- it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having a linear aliphatic group which may have a substituent, selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,7-heptanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,10-decanediamine, 1,11-undecanediamine, and 1,12-dodecanediamine.
- R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent
- it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having a branched aliphatic group which may have a substituent selected from 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,2-diamino-2-methylpropane, 1,3-diamino-2-methylpropane, 1,3-diamino-2,2-dimethylpropane, 1,3-diaminopentane, and 1,5-diamino-2-methylpentane.
- R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent
- it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having an aliphatic group which may have a substituent selected from 5-amino-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexanemethylamine (isophoronediamine), 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-cyclohexanebis(methylamine), 1,3-cyclohexanebis(methylamine), 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, bis(4-amino-3-methylcyclohexyl)methane, 3(4),8(9)-bis(aminomethyl)tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane, 2,5(6)-bis(aminomethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 1,3-diaminoadamantane, 3,3'-di
- the divalent aromatic group represented by R 4 is preferably a divalent aromatic group having 6 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms.
- the aromatic group contains at least an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the aromatic group are the same as the examples of the aromatic ring C.
- examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S.
- R4 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent, it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having an aromatic group which may have a substituent selected from 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-phenylenediamine, and 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane.
- R3 is the same as R1 , R4 is different from R2 , and when R4 is the same as R2 , R3 is different from R1 .
- R3 is the same as R1 .
- the above-mentioned structural unit (2) can be obtained, for example, according to a known method for producing a polyimide resin.
- the structural unit (2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting BPADA with isophoronediamine. That is, R3 in the structural unit (2) is a skeleton derived from BPADA, and R4 is a skeleton derived from isophoronediamine. When R3 is the same as R1 , R3 and R1 are skeletons derived from BPADA.
- the content of the structural unit (1) in the polyimide resin is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, or 40% by mass or more.
- the upper limit of the content may be, for example, 98% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, or 85% by mass or less.
- the content (mass percentage) of the structural unit (1) can be calculated from the ratio of the amounts (parts by mass) of each material used in the synthesis of the polyimide resin.
- the molecular weight of the polyimide resin and the formula weight of the structural unit (1) may be specified, and the content may be calculated as the ratio of the formula weight of the structural unit (1) to the molecular weight.
- the polyimide resin is a polymer, it is preferable that the content of the structural unit (1) estimated from the degree of polymerization is within the above range.
- the content of the structural unit (2) may be 0% by mass (i.e., no structural unit (2)), and there is no upper limit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
- the content of the structural unit (2) in the polyimide resin may be, for example, 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more, and 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, or 60% by mass or less.
- the content of the structural unit (2) is calculated in the same manner as the content of the structural unit (1).
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide resin is 1,000 or more, preferably 1.00 to 10,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 5,000.
- the weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- polyvinyl acetal resins include polyvinyl formal resins and polyvinyl butyral resins, with polyvinyl butyral resins being preferred.
- Specific examples of polyvinyl acetal resins include S-LEC BH series, BX series (e.g., BX-5Z), KS series (e.g., KS-1), BL series, and BM series manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.
- the acrylic resin refers to a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component including a (meth)acrylic acid ester monomer.
- the monomer components constituting the acrylic resin may contain, in addition to the (meth)acrylic acid ester monomer, a (meth)acrylamide monomer, a styrene monomer, a functional group-containing monomer, or the like as copolymerization components.
- acrylic resins include “ARUFON UP-1000”, “ARUFON UP-1010”, “ARUFON UP-1020”, “ARUFON UP-1021”, “ARUFON UP-1061”, “ARUFON UP-1080”, “ARUFON UP-1110”, “ARUFON UP-1170”, “ARUFON UP-1190”, “ARUFON UP-1500”, “ARUFON UH-2000”, “ARUFON UH-2041”, “ARUFON UH-2190”, “ARUFON UHE-2012”, “ARUFON UC-3510”, and “ARUFON UP-1021”, all manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. UG-4010", “ARUFON US-6100”, “ARUFON US-6170”, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- polyolefin resins include ethylene-based copolymer resins such as low-density polyethylene, very low-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, and ethylene-methyl acrylate copolymer; and polyolefin-based elastomers such as polypropylene and ethylene-propylene block copolymer.
- polybutadiene resins include hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton-containing resins, hydroxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, phenolic hydroxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, carboxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, acid anhydride group-containing polybutadiene resins, epoxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, isocyanate group-containing polybutadiene resins, urethane group-containing polybutadiene resins, polyphenylene ether-polybutadiene resins, and the like.
- polyamide-imide resin-- Specific examples of polyamide-imide resins include "Viromax HR11NN” and “Viromax HR16NN” manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. Specific examples of polyamide-imide resins also include modified polyamide-imides such as "KS9100” and "KS9300” (polysiloxane skeleton-containing polyamide-imide) manufactured by Resonac Corporation.
- Polyethersulfone resin-- A specific example of the polyethersulfone resin is "PES5003P" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
- polysulfone resin-- Specific examples of polysulfone resins include polysulfones "P1700” and “P3500” manufactured by Solvay Advanced Polymers.
- Polyphenylene ether resin-- A specific example of the polyphenylene ether resin is Noryl (registered trademark) SA90 manufactured by SABIC, etc. A specific example of the polyetherimide resin is Ultem manufactured by GE, etc.
- polycarbonate resins include hydroxyl group-containing carbonate resins, phenolic hydroxyl group-containing carbonate resins, carboxyl group-containing carbonate resins, acid anhydride group-containing carbonate resins, isocyanate group-containing carbonate resins, and urethane group-containing carbonate resins.
- Specific examples of polycarbonate resins include Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company's "FPC0220,” Asahi Kasei's “T6002" and “T6001" (polycarbonate diols), and Kuraray's "C-1090,””C-2090,” and “C-3090” (polycarbonate diols).
- polyether ether ketone resins include Sumitomo Chemical's "Sumiploy K.”
- polyester resins include polyethylene terephthalate resins.
- the weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, even more preferably 10,000 or more, 15,000 or more, or 20,000 or more, and is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, or 100,000 or less, even more preferably 80,000 or less, or 60,000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the content of the thermoplastic resin in the resin composition layer is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, 0.3% by mass or more, or 0.5% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition layer is taken as 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes.
- the upper limit of the thermoplastic resin content is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, and even more preferably 6% by mass or less or 5% by mass or less.
- the resin composition layer may contain a radical polymerizable resin.
- radical polymerizable resin is not particularly limited, so long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) radical polymerizable unsaturated groups in one molecule.
- radical polymerizable resins include resins having one or more radical polymerizable unsaturated groups selected from maleimide groups, vinyl groups, allyl groups, styryl groups, vinylphenyl groups, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, fumaroyl groups, and maleoyl groups.
- the radical polymerizable resin contains one or more selected from maleimide resins, (meth)acrylic resins, and styryl resins.
- maleimide resin is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) maleimide groups (2,5-dihydro-2,5-dioxo-1H-pyrrol-1-yl groups) in one molecule.
- maleimide resins include (1) "BMI-3000J”, “BMI-5000”, “BMI-1400”, “BMI-1500”, “BMI-1700”, “BMI-689” (all manufactured by Designer Molecules Inc.), and "SLK6895-T90” (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), which have an aliphatic skeleton (preferably an aliphatic compound having 36 carbon atoms derived from dimer diamine).
- maleimide resins containing an indane skeleton as described in the Japan Institute of Invention and Innovation's Technical Journal No. 2020-500211; (3) maleimide resins containing an aromatic ring skeleton directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group, such as "MIR-3000-70MT” (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), "BMI-4000” (manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.), and "BMI-80” (manufactured by Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.).
- MIR-3000-70MT manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- BMI-4000 manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.
- BMI-80 manufactured by Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.
- the (meth)acrylic resin may be a monomer or an oligomer, and is not particularly limited in type, so long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule.
- (meth)acryloyl group is a general term for acryloyl and methacryloyl groups.
- methacrylic resins examples include (meth)acrylate monomers, as well as (meth)acrylic resins such as "A-DOG” (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), “DCP-A” (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), “NPDGA”, “FM-400”, “R-687”, “THE-330”, “PET-30”, and “DPHA” (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
- A-DOG manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
- DCP-A manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
- NPDGA Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- styryl resin is not particularly limited, and may be a monomer or oligomer, so long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) styryl groups or vinylphenyl groups in one molecule.
- styryl resins include styrene monomers, as well as styryl resins such as "OPE-2St”, “OPE-2St 1200", and “OPE-2St 2200” (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- the content of the radically polymerizable resin in the resin composition layer is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 4% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more, 6% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, or 10% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition is taken as 100% by mass, and may be increased to, for example, 12% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, or 15% by mass or more.
- the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be determined depending on the properties required of the resin composition, but may be, for example, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, or 40% by mass or less.
- the first resin composition layer of the resin composition layers constituting the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention contains a radical polymerizable resin. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the first resin composition layer contains a radical polymerizable resin.
- the resin composition layer may contain a curing accelerator, which makes it possible to efficiently adjust the curing time and the curing temperature.
- curing accelerator examples include organic phosphine compounds such as “TPP”, “TPP-K”, “TPP-S” and “TPTP-S” (manufactured by Hokko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); imidazole compounds such as “Curesol 2MZ”, “2P4MZ”, “2E4MZ”, “Cl1Z”, “Cl1Z-CN”, “Cl1Z-CNS”, “Cl1Z-A”, “2MZ-OK”, “2MA-OK” and “2PHZ” (manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); amine adduct compounds such as Novacure (manufactured by Asahi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and Fujicure (manufactured by Fuji Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); amine compounds such as 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undecene-7,4-dimethylaminopyridine, benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6-
- the content of the curing accelerator in the resin composition layer is preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less, when the resin component in the resin composition is taken as 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, and the lower limit can be 0.001% by mass or more, 0.01% by mass or more, 0.05% by mass or more, etc.
- the content A1 (mass %) of the curing accelerator relative to 100 mass % of the resin components in the first resin composition layer and the content A2 (mass %) of the curing accelerator relative to 100 mass % of the resin components in the layers other than the first resin composition layer satisfy the relationship A1>A2.
- the difference between A1 and A2 (A1-A2) is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, 3 mass % or more, or 4 mass % or more.
- the resin composition layer may further contain any additive.
- additives include organic fillers such as rubber particles; radical polymerization initiators such as peroxide radical polymerization initiators and azo radical polymerization initiators; organometallic compounds such as organic copper compounds, organic zinc compounds, and organic cobalt compounds; colorants such as phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, iodine green, diazo yellow, crystal violet, titanium oxide, and carbon black; polymerization inhibitors such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, and phenothiazine; leveling agents such as silicone leveling agents and acrylic polymer leveling agents; thickeners such as bentone and montmorillonite; defoamers such as silicone defoamers, acrylic defoamers, fluorine defoamers, and vinyl resin defoamers; ultraviolet absorbers such as benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers; adhesion improvers such as
- Adhesion imparting agents such as tetrazole adhesion imparting agents and triazine adhesion imparting agents; antioxidants such as hindered phenol antioxidants; fluorescent brightening agents such as stilbene derivatives; surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants and silicone-based surfactants; flame retardants such as phosphorus-based flame retardants (e.g., phosphate ester compounds, phosphazene compounds, phosphinic acid compounds, red phosphorus), nitrogen-based flame retardants (e.g., melamine sulfate), halogen-based flame retardants, and inorganic flame retardants (e.g., antimony trioxide); dispersants such as phosphate ester dispersants, polyoxyalkylene dispersants, acetylene dispersants, silicone-based dispersants, anionic dispersants, and cationic dispersants; stabilizers such as borate-based stabilizers, titanate-based stabilizers, aluminate-based
- the method for producing the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can realize a structure in which two or more resin composition layers are laminated on each other, and a method known to those skilled in the art may be used.
- a method known to those skilled in the art may be used.
- an extrusion molding method in which a resin composition is melt-kneaded using an extruder, extruded, and then molded into a film shape using a T-die or a circular die
- a casting molding method in which a resin composition is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, and then cast to mold into a film shape
- other conventionally known film molding methods, etc. are included.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention includes two or more resin composition layers laminated on each other.
- methods for forming a multilayer resin sheet by laminating two or more resin composition layers on top of each other include (1) a method for forming a multilayer resin sheet by simultaneously or sequentially forming resin composition layers during coating or extrusion, (2) a method for forming a multilayer resin sheet by laminating two or more resin composition layers that are separately prepared with a heat roll laminator or the like, (3) a method for forming a resin sheet having a multilayer structure in a single resin sheet by causing a difference in the content of each component in the resin sheet during casting molding, and (4) other conventionally known methods for forming a multilayer resin sheet.
- a method for producing a multilayer resin sheet includes the steps of: (A1) a step of preparing a support-attached resin sheet including a support and a first resin composition layer bonded to the support; and (B1) a step of applying a second resin composition onto the first resin composition layer and drying the applied film to provide a second resin composition layer (hereinafter, such an embodiment of lamination by coating is also referred to as the "first embodiment").
- step (A1) a resin sheet with a support is prepared, which includes a support and a first resin composition layer bonded to the support.
- the support is described in the section below titled [Multilayer resin sheet with support].
- the resin sheet with support can be produced, for example, by applying the first resin composition onto the support and drying the applied film to provide a first resin composition layer.
- the resin sheet can be produced by preparing a resin varnish by dissolving the first resin composition in an organic solvent, applying this resin varnish onto the support using a die coater or the like, and drying the applied film.
- organic solvents examples include ketone-based solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; ester-based solvents such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, and ⁇ -butyrolactone; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, and diphenyl ether; alcohol-based solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, and ethylene glycol; 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl,
- Suitable organic solvents include ether ester solvents such as ethyl acetate; ester alcohol solvents such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate; ether alcohol solvents such as 2-methoxypropanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol); amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and methylcyclohexane; and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene,
- the coating film may be dried by known drying methods such as heating or blowing hot air. Although this varies depending on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin varnish, for example, when a resin varnish containing 30% to 60% by mass of an organic solvent is used, a first resin composition layer can be formed on the support by drying at 80°C to 180°C for 2 to 10 minutes.
- step (B1) a second resin composition is applied onto the first resin composition layer, and the applied film is dried to provide a second resin composition layer. This results in the formation of a multilayer resin sheet with a support, in which a multilayer resin sheet is formed on the support.
- the application of the second resin composition and the drying of the coating film may be carried out in the same manner as the application of the first resin composition and the drying of the coating film in step (A1).
- the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A1) is T1
- the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A2) is T2
- it is preferable that the relationship T1>T2 is satisfied, more preferably T1 ⁇ (T2+20), and even more preferably T1 ⁇ (T2+40) or T1 ⁇ (T2+50).
- the multilayer resin sheet with a support may further include a protective film similar to the support on the surface of the multilayer resin sheet that is not joined to the support (i.e., the surface opposite the support).
- a protective film is provided, the multilayer resin sheet with a support can be used by peeling off the protective film when laminating it to a member to be laminated.
- a method for producing a multilayer resin sheet includes the steps of: (A2a) preparing a first support-attached resin sheet including a first support and a first resin composition layer bonded to the first support; (A2b) a step of preparing a second supported resin sheet including a second support and a second resin composition layer bonded to the second support; and (B2) a step of laminating the first supported resin sheet and the second supported resin sheet together such that the first resin composition layer and the second resin composition layer are bonded to each other (hereinafter, such an embodiment of lamination by lamination is also referred to as a "second embodiment").
- step (A2a) and step (A2b) may each be performed in the same manner as step (A1) in the first embodiment.
- the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A2a) is Ta and the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A2b) is Tb
- the relationship Ta>Tb is satisfied, more preferably Ta ⁇ (Tb+20), and even more preferably Ta ⁇ (Tb+40) or Ta ⁇ (Tb+50).
- step (B2) the first resin sheet with a support and the second resin sheet with a support are laminated so that the first resin composition layer and the second resin composition layer are bonded.
- the second support can function as the protective film in the first embodiment.
- the multilayer resin sheet with a support manufactured in the second embodiment can be used by peeling off the second support (protective film) when laminating it to a member to be laminated.
- the lamination temperature is preferably in the range of 60°C to 160°C, more preferably 80°C to 140°C
- the lamination pressure is preferably in the range of 0.098MPa to 1.77MPa, more preferably 0.29MPa to 1.47MPa
- the lamination time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds.
- Lamination may be performed under reduced pressure conditions, preferably at a pressure of 26.7hPa or less.
- Lamination can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator.
- commercially available vacuum laminators include the vacuum pressure laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., the vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., and the batch type vacuum pressure laminator.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can provide an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can also provide an insulating layer with little change in thickness before and after the desmear treatment. Therefore, the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can be suitably used as a multilayer resin sheet for forming an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (multilayer resin sheet for insulating layer of printed wiring board), and can be more suitably used as a multilayer resin sheet for forming an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board (multilayer resin sheet for interlayer insulating layer of printed wiring board).
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can also be suitably used when the printed wiring board is a circuit board with built-in components.
- the resin composition of the present invention can also be suitably used as a multilayer resin sheet for forming an insulating layer (multilayer resin sheet for insulating layer for forming a conductor layer) in contact with the insulating layer on which a conductor layer (including a rewiring layer) will be formed.
- the present invention also provides a supported multi-layer resin sheet in which the multi-layer resin sheet of the present invention is provided on a support.
- the multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention is The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention,
- the multilayer resin sheet includes a support bonded to the first resin composition layer of the multilayer resin sheet.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is as described above in the [Multilayer resin sheet] section.
- the first resin composition layer of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is bonded to the support.
- the support examples include thermoplastic resin film, metal foil, and release paper, with thermoplastic resin film and metal foil being preferred.
- the support is a thermoplastic resin film or metal foil.
- thermoplastic resin film When a thermoplastic resin film is used as the support, examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), acrylics such as polycarbonate (PC) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), cyclic polyolefins, triacetyl cellulose (TAC), polyether sulfide (PES), polyether ketone, polyimide, etc.
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PEN polyethylene naphthalate
- acrylics such as polycarbonate (PC) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
- cyclic polyolefins such as polycarbonate (PC) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
- TAC triacetyl cellulose
- PES polyether sulfide
- polyether ketone polyimide
- examples of the metal foil include copper foil and aluminum foil, with copper foil being preferred.
- the copper foil foil made of a single metal, copper, or an alloy of copper and another metal (e.g., tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) may be used.
- the support may be subjected to a matte treatment, a corona treatment, or an antistatic treatment on the surface to be bonded to the first resin composition layer.
- the support may be a support with a release layer having a release layer on the surface to be bonded to the first resin composition layer.
- the release agent used in the release layer of the support with a release layer may be, for example, one or more release agents selected from the group consisting of alkyd resins, polyolefin resins, urethane resins, and silicone resins.
- the support with a release layer may be a commercially available product, for example, "SK-1", “AL-5”, and “AL-7” manufactured by Lintec Corporation, “Lumirror T60” manufactured by Toray Industries, “Purex” manufactured by Teijin Limited, and “Unipeel” manufactured by Unitika Limited, which are PET films having a release layer mainly composed of an alkyd resin-based release agent.
- the thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m, and more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 60 ⁇ m. When using a support with a release layer, it is preferable that the thickness of the entire support with the release layer is in the above range.
- the multilayer resin sheet with support can be wound up in a roll and stored.
- the resin sheet with support has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film.
- the adhesive strength between the support and the multilayer resin sheet is S1
- the adhesive strength between the protective film and the multilayer resin sheet is S2
- the relationship S1>S2 is satisfied. This allows the protective film to be peeled off from the multilayer resin sheet before the support, exposing the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite the first resin composition layer, and thus allowing the multilayer resin sheet to be laminated so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite the first resin composition layer is bonded to the member to be laminated.
- the multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention can be suitably used to form an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (for insulating layers of printed wiring boards), and can be even more suitably used to form an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board (for interlayer insulating layers of printed wiring boards).
- the sheet-like laminate material of the present invention can also be suitably used as a resin composition for forming an insulating layer (for insulating layers for forming conductor layers) in contact with which a conductor layer (including a rewiring layer) will be formed.
- the printed wiring board of the present invention includes an insulating layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
- a printed wiring board can be produced, for example, by using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, by a method including the following steps (I) to (IV).
- III a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer with a laser and performing a desmear treatment; and
- step (I) the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is laminated on an inner layer substrate so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite the first resin composition layer is bonded to the inner layer substrate.
- the “inner layer substrate” used in step (I) is a member that will be the substrate of the printed wiring board, and examples thereof include glass epoxy substrates, metal substrates, polyester substrates, polyimide substrates, BT resin substrates, and thermosetting polyphenylene ether substrates.
- the substrate may have a conductor layer on one or both sides, and the conductor layer may be patterned.
- An inner layer substrate having a conductor layer (circuit) formed on one or both sides of the substrate may be called an "inner layer circuit substrate.”
- intermediate products on which an insulating layer and/or a conductor layer is to be formed during the manufacture of a printed wiring board are also included in the "inner layer substrate" of the present invention.
- an inner layer substrate with built-in components may be used.
- the lamination of the inner layer substrate and the multilayer resin sheet can be carried out, for example, by using the multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention and heat-pressing the multilayer resin sheet to the inner layer substrate from the support side.
- the member for heat-pressing the multilayer resin sheet to the inner layer substrate include a heated metal plate (such as a SUS panel) or a metal roll (SUS roll).
- the heat-pressing member may be pressed directly onto the multilayer resin sheet with a support, or may be pressed via an elastic material such as heat-resistant rubber so that the resin sheet can sufficiently follow the surface irregularities of the inner layer substrate.
- Lamination of the inner layer substrate and the multilayer resin sheet may be performed by a vacuum lamination method.
- the heat-pressure bonding temperature is preferably in the range of 60°C to 160°C, more preferably 80°C to 140°C
- the heat-pressure bonding pressure is preferably in the range of 0.098MPa to 1.77MPa, more preferably 0.29MPa to 1.47MPa
- the heat-pressure bonding time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds.
- Lamination may be performed under reduced pressure conditions, preferably at a pressure of 26.7hPa or less.
- Lamination can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator.
- commercially available vacuum laminators include a vacuum pressure laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., and a batch-type vacuum pressure laminator.
- the laminated multilayer resin sheet may be smoothed under normal pressure (atmospheric pressure), for example by pressing a heat-pressure bonding member from the support side.
- the pressing conditions for the smoothing treatment may be the same as the heat-pressure bonding conditions for the lamination described above.
- the smoothing treatment may be performed using a commercially available laminator. Note that lamination and smoothing treatment may be performed consecutively using the commercially available vacuum laminator described above.
- the support may be removed between step (I) and step (II), or after step (II).
- the conductor layer may be formed using the metal foil without peeling off the support.
- step (II)- the multilayer resin sheet is cured (for example, thermally cured) to form an insulating layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet.
- the curing conditions for the multilayer resin sheet are not particularly limited, and the conditions normally used when forming an insulating layer for a printed wiring board may be used.
- the heat curing conditions for the multilayer resin sheet vary depending on the composition of the resin composition layer, but in one embodiment, the curing temperature is preferably 120°C to 250°C, more preferably 150°C to 240°C, and even more preferably 170°C to 230°C.
- the curing time is preferably 5 minutes to 240 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 150 minutes, and even more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes.
- the multilayer resin sheet Before the multilayer resin sheet is thermally cured, it may be preheated at a temperature lower than the curing temperature. For example, prior to thermally curing the multilayer resin sheet, it may be preheated at a temperature of 50°C to 120°C, preferably 60°C to 115°C, and more preferably 70°C to 110°C for 5 minutes or more, preferably 5 minutes to 150 minutes, more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes, and even more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes.
- step (III)- a via hole is formed in the insulating layer by a laser, and a desmear treatment is performed.
- a laser light source for forming a via hole in an insulating layer for example, a carbon dioxide gas laser ( CO2 laser), a UV-YAG laser, an excimer laser, or the like may be used. Among them, it is preferable to use a CO2 laser from the viewpoint of obtaining the effects of the present invention more effectively. Therefore, in one embodiment, a via hole is formed in an insulating layer by a CO2 laser.
- CO2 laser carbon dioxide gas laser
- UV-YAG laser UV-YAG laser
- excimer laser excimer laser
- the dimensions and shape of the via hole may be appropriately determined depending on the design of the printed wiring board.
- the shape of the via hole is not particularly limited, but is generally circular (approximately circular).
- the top diameter of the via hole is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or less, or 20 ⁇ m or less, and the lower limit can be, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more, 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, etc.
- the top diameter of the via hole refers to the diameter of the opening of the via hole at the insulating layer surface (the insulating layer surface derived from the first resin composition layer).
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention it is possible to form a via hole with a good cross-sectional shape with little dimensional change in the thickness direction of the insulating layer.
- the relationship R1 ⁇ R2 when observing the cross section of the via hole, the relationship R1 ⁇ R2 is satisfied, where R1 is the maximum via diameter ( ⁇ m) in the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer, and R2 is the maximum via diameter ( ⁇ m) in the insulating layer portion derived from the layers other than the first resin composition layer.
- R1 and R2 satisfy the relationship R1 ⁇ R2 and also satisfy the relationship (R1-R2) ⁇ 0.1R1.
- a desmear process is performed. This makes it possible to remove resin residue (smear) from within the via holes.
- the procedure and conditions for the desmear process are not particularly limited, and known procedures and conditions that are typically used when forming insulating layers for printed wiring boards can be used.
- the desmear process can be performed by carrying out a swelling process using a swelling liquid, a desmear (roughening) process using an oxidizing agent liquid, and a neutralization process using a neutralizing liquid, in that order.
- the swelling liquid used in the desmear treatment is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include an alkaline solution, a surfactant solution, etc., and is preferably an alkaline solution, and as the alkaline solution, a sodium hydroxide solution or a potassium hydroxide solution is more preferable.
- Examples of commercially available swelling liquids include "Swelling Dip Securigant P" and "Swelling Dip Securigant SBU” manufactured by Atotech Japan.
- the swelling treatment using the swelling liquid is not particularly limited, but can be performed by, for example, immersing the insulating layer in a swelling liquid at 30°C to 90°C for 1 to 20 minutes. From the viewpoint of suppressing the swelling of the resin of the insulating layer to an appropriate level, it is preferable to immerse the insulating layer in a swelling liquid at 40°C to 80°C for 5 to 15 minutes.
- the oxidizing agent used in the desmear treatment is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include alkaline permanganate solutions in which potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate is dissolved in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide.
- Roughening treatment using an oxidizing agent such as an alkaline permanganate solution is preferably performed by immersing the insulating layer in an oxidizing agent solution heated to 60°C to 100°C for 10 to 30 minutes.
- the concentration of permanganate in the alkaline permanganate solution is preferably 5% by mass to 10% by mass.
- Examples of commercially available oxidizing agents include alkaline permanganate solutions such as "Concentrate Compact CP" and "Dosing Solution Securigans P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
- the neutralizing solution used in the desmear treatment is preferably an acidic aqueous solution, and a commercially available product is, for example, "Reduction Securigant P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
- Neutralization with a neutralizing solution can be performed by immersing the surface that has been roughened with an oxidizing agent in a neutralizing solution at 30°C to 80°C for 5 to 30 minutes. From the standpoint of workability, etc., a method in which the object that has been roughened with an oxidizing agent is immersed in a neutralizing solution at 40°C to 70°C for 5 to 20 minutes is preferred.
- the desmear treatment when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, the desmear treatment also serves as a roughening treatment for the exposed surface of the insulating layer.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is advantageous because it can provide an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support. Therefore, in one embodiment, the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support.
- step (III) is a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer with a laser, peeling off the support, and then performing the desmear treatment.
- a metal film is formed on the surface of the insulating layer in step (IV).
- the formed metal film can be used as a plating seed layer to form wiring.
- the thickness of the metal film may be preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and even more preferably 300 nm or less.
- the thickness of the conductor layer formed on the metal film by electrolytic plating when a thin metal film is formed on the surface of an insulating layer, there is a tendency for the thickness of the conductor layer formed on the metal film by electrolytic plating to vary, a phenomenon known as plating burn. This is believed to be due to the fact that the thickness of the metal film is likely to be uneven due to the unevenness of the insulating layer surface.
- the electrical resistance value of the thin metal film is higher than that of the thick metal film, and it is believed that when a conductor layer is formed on top of this by electrolytic plating, the plating grows slower in the thin metal film and high electrical resistance parts than in other parts, resulting in insufficient formation of the conductor layer and making it difficult to form a uniform conductor layer.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention an insulating layer with good surface smoothness can be formed, and plating burn can be suppressed even if the thickness of the metal film is made thinner.
- the thickness of the metal film can be reduced to 280 nm or less, 260 nm or less, or 250 nm or less.
- the metal film includes at least a conductive seed layer.
- the conductive seed layer is a layer that functions as an electrode in an electrolytic plating method.
- the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits sufficient conductivity, and suitable examples include copper, palladium, gold, platinum, silver, aluminum, and alloys thereof.
- the metal film may also include a diffusion barrier layer.
- the diffusion barrier layer is a layer that prevents the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer from diffusing into the insulating layer and causing insulation breakdown.
- the material constituting the diffusion barrier layer is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress or prevent the diffusion of the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer, and suitable examples include titanium, tungsten, tantalum, and alloys thereof.
- the "thickness of the metal film" in the present invention refers to the average thickness of the entire metal film including not only the conductive seed layer but also the diffusion barrier layer.
- the thickness of the diffusion barrier layer is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress or prevent the diffusion of the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer, but from the viewpoint of contributing to fine wiring, it is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 30 nm or less.
- the lower limit of the thickness of the diffusion barrier layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 nm or more, 3 nm or more, 5 nm or more, etc.
- the remainder of the metal film is preferably a conductive seed layer, and the thickness of the conductive seed layer may be determined so that the thickness of the entire metal film is in the above-mentioned preferred range in relation to the thickness of the diffusion barrier layer.
- the metal film may be formed by dry plating or wet plating.
- dry plating include physical vapor deposition (PVD) methods such as sputtering, ion plating, and vacuum deposition, and chemical vapor deposition (CVD) methods such as thermal CVD and plasma CVD.
- CVD chemical vapor deposition
- wet plating include electroless plating. From the viewpoint of facilitating the formation of a thin metal film with a more uniform thickness, sputtering and electroless plating are preferred, and among these, sputtering is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of realizing fine wiring with excellent adhesion strength. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the metal film is formed by sputtering in step (IV).
- the method for producing a printed wiring board of the present invention includes, as step (V), a step of forming a conductor layer on the metal film by electrolytic plating.
- the conductor material used for the conductor layer is not particularly limited.
- the conductor layer contains one or more metals selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, silver, copper, aluminum, cobalt, chromium, zinc, nickel, titanium, tungsten, iron, tin, and indium.
- the conductor layer may be a single metal layer or an alloy layer, and examples of the alloy layer include layers formed from an alloy of two or more metals selected from the above group (e.g., nickel-chromium alloy, copper-nickel alloy, and copper-titanium alloy). Among these, from the viewpoints of versatility, cost, ease of patterning, etc.
- a single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver, or copper, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy, a copper-nickel alloy, or a copper-titanium alloy is preferred, a single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver, or copper, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy is more preferred, and a single metal layer of copper is even more preferred.
- the conductor layer may be a single-layer structure, or a multi-layer structure in which two or more single metal layers or alloy layers made of different types of metals or alloys are laminated.
- the layer in contact with the insulating layer is preferably a single metal layer of chromium, zinc, or titanium, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy.
- the thickness of the conductor layer depends on the desired printed wiring board design, but is generally between 3 ⁇ m and 35 ⁇ m, preferably between 5 ⁇ m and 30 ⁇ m.
- the conductor layer may be formed by a so-called semi-additive method. That is, a photoresist (plating resist) is formed on the metal film formed in step (IV) to expose a portion of the metal film corresponding to the desired wiring pattern. Next, a conductor layer is formed on the exposed metal film by electrolytic plating, and the photoresist is then removed. Thereafter, unnecessary metal film other than the conductor layer forming portion is removed by etching or the like, and a conductor layer (wiring) having the desired wiring pattern can be formed.
- a photoresist plating resist
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention it is possible to form fine conductor circuits with L/S of, for example, 5/5 ⁇ m or less, 4/4 ⁇ m or less, 3/3 ⁇ m or less, 2/2 ⁇ m or less, 1.5/1.5 ⁇ m or less, or 1/1 ⁇ m or less while suppressing plating burn.
- steps (I) to (V) may be repeated to form a multilayer wiring board.
- a semiconductor chip package can be manufactured using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
- the present invention also provides such a semiconductor chip package.
- the semiconductor chip package of the present invention includes an insulating layer (rewiring formation layer) for forming a rewiring layer, which is made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
- a semiconductor chip package can be manufactured, for example, by using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention by a method including the following steps (1) to (6).
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention may be used to form the rewiring formation layer in step (5).
- An example of forming a rewiring formation layer using a multilayer resin sheet is shown below, but the technology for forming a rewiring formation layer for a semiconductor chip package is publicly known, and a person skilled in the art can manufacture a semiconductor package using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention according to the publicly known technology.
- a step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate (2) A step of temporarily fixing a semiconductor chip on a temporary fixing film; (3) forming an encapsulation layer on the semiconductor chip; (4) peeling the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip; (5) forming a rewiring formation layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the base material and the temporary fixing film have been peeled off; and (6) forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer.
- the material used for the substrate is not particularly limited.
- the substrate include a silicon wafer, a glass wafer, a glass substrate, a metal substrate such as copper, titanium, stainless steel, or cold-rolled steel plate (SPCC), a substrate in which glass fiber is impregnated with epoxy resin or the like and subjected to a heat curing treatment (e.g., an FR-4 substrate), and a substrate made of bismaleimide triazine resin (BT resin).
- the material of the temporary fixing film is not particularly limited as long as it can be peeled off from the semiconductor chip in step (4) and can temporarily fix the semiconductor chip.
- Commercially available products can be used as the temporary fixing film. Examples of commercially available products include Riva Alpha manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation.
- the semiconductor chips can be temporarily fixed using known devices such as a flip chip bonder, a die bonder, etc.
- the layout and number of semiconductor chips can be appropriately set depending on the shape and size of the temporary fixing film, the number of semiconductor packages to be produced, etc., and for example, the semiconductor chips can be temporarily fixed by arranging them in a matrix shape of multiple rows and multiple columns.
- Step (3)- An encapsulating resin sheet having an encapsulating resin composition layer provided on a support is laminated on a semiconductor chip, or the encapsulating resin composition is applied onto a semiconductor chip and cured (e.g., thermally cured) to form an encapsulating layer.
- the semiconductor chip and the encapsulating resin sheet can be laminated by heat-pressing the encapsulating resin sheet onto the semiconductor chip from the support side.
- the semiconductor chip and the encapsulating resin sheet can also be laminated by a vacuum lamination method, and the lamination conditions are the same as those described in relation to the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
- the encapsulating resin composition layer is thermally cured to form an encapsulating layer.
- the thermal curing conditions are the same as those described in relation to the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
- the support of the sealing resin sheet may be peeled off after the sealing resin sheet is laminated on the semiconductor chip and thermally cured, or the support may be peeled off before the sealing resin sheet is laminated on the semiconductor chip.
- the application conditions are the same as those for forming the resin composition layer described in relation to the manufacturing method of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
- the method for peeling off the substrate and the temporary fixing film can be appropriately changed depending on the material of the temporary fixing film, and examples include a method in which the temporary fixing film is heated and foamed (or expanded) to peel it off, and a method in which ultraviolet light is irradiated from the substrate side to reduce the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing film and then peeled off.
- the heating conditions are usually 100 to 250° C. for 1 to 90 seconds or 5 to 15 minutes.
- the irradiation dose of ultraviolet light is usually 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .
- the material for forming the rewiring formation layer is not particularly limited as long as it has insulating properties when the rewiring formation layer (insulating layer) is formed, and the rewiring formation layer can be formed using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is laminated so that the surface opposite to the first resin composition layer is bonded to the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the substrate and the temporary fixing film have been peeled off. Thereafter, the multilayer resin sheet is cured to form the rewiring formation layer.
- via holes may be formed in the redistribution layer to connect the semiconductor chip to a conductor layer (described later).
- the via holes may be formed by a known method depending on the material of the redistribution layer.
- Step (6)- The formation of the conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer may be carried out in the same manner as in step (V) described in relation to the method for producing a printed wiring board. Note that steps (5) and (6) may be repeated to alternately stack (build up) the conductor layer (rewiring layer) and the rewiring formation layer (insulating layer).
- the steps of (7) forming a solder resist layer on the conductor layer (rewiring layer), (8) forming bumps, and (9) dicing and singulating the multiple semiconductor chip packages into individual semiconductor chip packages may be further performed. These steps may be performed according to various methods known to those skilled in the art and used in the manufacture of semiconductor chip packages.
- a semiconductor chip package can be realized regardless of whether the semiconductor package is a fan-in (Fan-In) type package or a fan-out (Fan-Out) type package.
- the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can be applied regardless of whether it is a fan-out type panel level package (FO-PLP) or a fan-out type wafer level package (FO-WLP).
- FO-PLP fan-out type panel level package
- FO-WLP fan-out type wafer level package
- the semiconductor device of the present invention comprises a layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
- the semiconductor device of the present invention can be produced by using the printed wiring board or semiconductor chip package of the present invention.
- Semiconductor devices include various semiconductor devices used in electrical products (e.g., computers, mobile phones, digital cameras, and televisions) and vehicles (e.g., motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, and aircraft).
- electrical products e.g., computers, mobile phones, digital cameras, and televisions
- vehicles e.g., motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, and aircraft.
- Thermosetting resin (1) Biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (2) Biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000-H” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (3) p-Aminophenol type epoxy resin ("630" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) (4) Dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin (DIC Corporation "HP-7200")
- Phenoxy resin-containing liquid (“YX6954BH30” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, containing 30% by mass of non-volatile components, 35% by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, and 35% by mass of cyclohexanone)
- Polyimide resin 1 polyimide resin synthesized in Synthesis Example 1 below, non-volatile component 20% by mass
- Maleimide resin 1 (SLK6895-T90, an aliphatic skeleton-containing maleimide resin having a structure represented by the following formula (which may contain a partial unsaturated bond), 90% by mass of non-volatile components and 10% by mass of toluene)
- Silica 1 silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "SO-C4" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. with 0.4 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), average particle size 1.0 ⁇ m
- Silica 2 silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "SO-C2" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd.
- solvent (1) Solvent (MEK, methyl ethyl ketone, Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
- polyimide resin 1 contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (C1a).
- polyimide resin 1 contains a first skeleton derived from BPADA and a second skeleton derived from BPPAN.
- the glass transition temperature Tg (TMA method) of polyimide resin 1 was 210°C.
- Tg was measured using a Rigaku TMA device at a heating rate of 5°C/min from 25°C to 250°C.
- Example 1 Biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 25 parts by mass, bisphenol type epoxy resin ("ZX1059” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.) 2 parts by mass, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("HP-7200” manufactured by DIC Corporation) 7 parts by mass, aminotriazine skeleton cresol novolac resin-containing liquid ("LA-3018-50P” manufactured by DIC Corporation) 5 parts by mass (non-volatile components 2.5 parts by mass), active ester resin-containing liquid (“HPC-8000-65T” manufactured by DIC Corporation) 200 parts by mass of polyimide resin (130 parts by mass of non-volatile component), 10 parts by mass of an imidazole compound (“2P4MZ” manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 10 parts by mass of a phenoxy resin-containing liquid (“YX6954BH30" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) (3 parts by mass of non-volatile component), 15 parts
- the obtained resin composition varnish A was mixed with 130 parts by mass of silica 3 (spherical silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "YC100C” manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. with 3.0 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature until a homogeneous solution was obtained, thereby obtaining a resin composition varnish B.
- the obtained resin composition varnish B was applied to the release-treated surface of a PET film (thickness 38 ⁇ m) using an applicator, and then dried in a gear oven at 170°C for 180 seconds to volatilize the solvent. In this way, a sheet-like molded product A (outer layer; first resin composition layer) with a thickness of 2 ⁇ m was obtained on the PET film.
- Formation of inner layer (layers other than the first resin composition layer; layers that become the inner layer after lamination): Formation method 1 -Lamination by coating 20 parts by mass of biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 3 parts by mass of bisphenol type epoxy resin ("ZX1059” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.), 10 parts by mass of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("HP-7200” manufactured by DIC Corporation), 15 parts by mass of aminotriazine skeleton cresol novolac resin-containing liquid (“LA-3018-50P” manufactured by DIC Corporation) (7.5 parts by mass of non-volatile components), active ester resin-containing liquid (DIC A resin composition varnish C was obtained by mixing 80 parts by mass (52 parts by mass of non-volatile component) of an imidazole compound (2P4MZ manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2 parts by mass of a phenoxy resin-containing liquid (YX6954BH30 manufactured by
- the obtained resin composition varnish C was mixed with 290 parts by mass of silica 2 (spherical silica surface-treated with 100 parts by mass of "SO-C2" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. and 0.6 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and stirred at room temperature until a homogeneous solution was obtained, to obtain resin composition varnish D.
- the obtained resin composition varnish D was applied onto the obtained sheet-like molded body A so that the total thickness was 40 ⁇ m, and then it was dried in a gear oven at 100°C for 2 minutes to evaporate the solvent.
- a sheet-like molded body C inner layer; layers excluding the first resin composition layer
- a multilayer resin sheet B having a thickness of 40 ⁇ m was obtained.
- the multilayer resin sheet B has a layer structure of sheet-like molded body C/sheet-like molded body A/support.
- Desmear Treatment was carried out on the laminate sample D having vias formed therein according to the following procedure.
- the laminate sample D with the vias formed therein was placed in a swelling liquid at 60° C. (Atotech Japan's "Swelling Dip Securigant P", an aqueous solution of diethylene glycol monobutyl ether and sodium hydroxide) and swung for 10 minutes at a swelling temperature of 60° C. Thereafter, the laminate sample D was washed with pure water.
- a swelling liquid at 60° C. (Atotech Japan's "Swelling Dip Securigant P", an aqueous solution of diethylene glycol monobutyl ether and sodium hydroxide)
- the Ra value was determined using a non-contact surface roughness meter (WYKO NT3300 manufactured by Beco Instruments) in VSI mode with a 50x lens over a measurement range of 121 ⁇ m x 92 ⁇ m. The measured value was determined by averaging 10 randomly selected points. The surface roughness was determined based on the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) and the following criteria.
- arithmetic mean roughness ⁇ : arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is less than 30 nm; ⁇ : arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is 30 nm or more and less than 50 nm; ⁇ : arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is 50 nm or more
- the obtained resin composition varnish B was applied to the release-treated surface of a PET film (thickness 38 ⁇ m) using an applicator, and then dried in a gear oven at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to volatilize the solvent. In this way, a sheet-shaped molded body A' having a thickness of 38 ⁇ m was obtained on the PET film. Separately, a sheet-shaped molded body C' having a thickness of 38 ⁇ m was obtained on the PET film in the same manner, except that the resin composition varnish D was used. Next, the sheet-form molded products A' and C' were each heated at 100° C. for 30 minutes and then at 170° C. for 30 minutes to obtain cured products A' and C'. The masses of the obtained cured bodies A' and C' were each measured.
- the masses of the obtained cured bodies A', C', A", and C" were used to calculate the etching rate RA by desmearing the cured product of the first resin composition layer and the etching rate RD by desmearing the cured product of the resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer on the opposite side to the first resin composition layer, based on the following formula.
- ⁇ Evaluation of smear removal ability> The periphery of the bottom of the via hole was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the maximum smear length from the wall surface of the bottom of the via hole was measured from the obtained image.
- the smear removability was evaluated according to the following criteria. Evaluation criteria: ⁇ : The maximum smear length is less than 2 ⁇ m. ⁇ : The maximum smear length is 2 ⁇ m or more.
- the cross section of the via hole was cut out by FIB and observed by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the maximum via diameter R1 in the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer and the maximum via diameter R2 in the insulating layer portion derived from the layer other than the first resin composition layer were measured from the obtained image.
- the cross-sectional shape of the via hole was evaluated according to the following criteria.
- Thickness difference is less than 0.5 ⁇ m.
- Thickness difference is 0.5 ⁇ m or more and less than 1.0 ⁇ m.
- Thickness difference is 1.0 ⁇ m or more.
- Example 2 A sample was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the method for forming the inner layer was changed to Formation Method 2 below, and the resulting multilayer resin sheet B' was used.
- Formation of inner layer Formation method 2 - Lamination by lamination Using an applicator, the obtained resin composition varnish D was applied onto a release-treated surface of a PET film (thickness 38 ⁇ m), and then dried for 2 minutes in a gear oven at 100° C. to volatilize the solvent. In this way, a sheet-like molded product C having a thickness of 38 ⁇ m was obtained on the PET film.
- the sheet-like molded body A and the sheet-like molded body C were laminated with their coated surfaces overlapping each other using a vacuum pressure laminator ("MVLP-500” manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho) at a pressure of 0.4 MPa and a temperature of 100°C for 60 seconds to obtain a multilayer resin sheet B'.
- MVLP-500 manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho
- Examples 3 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 Samples were prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the compositions of the outer layer and the inner layer were changed as shown in Table 1.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Production Of Multi-Layered Print Wiring Board (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、多層樹脂シートに関する。さらには、当該多層樹脂シートを用いて得られる、支持体付き多層樹脂シート、プリント配線板、及び半導体装置に関する。本発明はまた、当該多層樹脂シートを用いた、プリント配線板の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a multilayer resin sheet. It also relates to a multilayer resin sheet with a support, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor device obtained using the multilayer resin sheet. The present invention also relates to a method for producing a printed wiring board using the multilayer resin sheet.
プリント配線板の製造技術として、絶縁層と導体層(回路層)を交互に積み重ねるビルドアップ方式による製造方法が知られている。ビルドアップ方式による製造方法において、絶縁層は、一般に、樹脂組成物層を含む樹脂シート等を用いて樹脂組成物層を回路基板に積層し、該樹脂組成物層を硬化させることにより形成される。例えば、特許文献1には、複数の樹脂組成物層を有する樹脂シートを使用して回路基板に樹脂組成物層を積層し、該樹脂組成物層を熱硬化させて硬化物を得た後、該硬化物を粗化処理して機械強度に優れる薄型の絶縁層を形成する技術が開示されている。 A known manufacturing technique for printed wiring boards is a build-up method in which insulating layers and conductor layers (circuit layers) are alternately stacked. In a build-up manufacturing method, an insulating layer is generally formed by laminating a resin composition layer onto a circuit board using a resin sheet or the like containing a resin composition layer, and curing the resin composition layer. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a technique in which a resin composition layer is laminated onto a circuit board using a resin sheet having multiple resin composition layers, the resin composition layer is thermally cured to obtain a cured product, and then the cured product is roughened to form a thin insulating layer with excellent mechanical strength.
特許文献1記載の技術に関しては、配線形成のため、レーザーでビアホールを形成する場合、ビアホール内の樹脂残渣(スミア)を除去するためにデスミア処理を実施する必要があるが、ビアホール内のスミア除去性を高めるべくデスミア処理の強度を高めると、樹脂表面が粗化され絶縁層表面の平滑性が損なわれる場合があった。絶縁層表面が平滑性に劣ると、該絶縁層上に導体層(配線層)を形成する際に、パターン形成ドライフィルムと絶縁層との密着性が低下し易いなど、微細配線形成不良に帰着する場合がある。 With regard to the technology described in Patent Document 1, when forming via holes with a laser to form wiring, it is necessary to carry out a desmear process to remove resin residue (smear) in the via holes. However, if the intensity of the desmear process is increased to improve the ability to remove smears in the via holes, the resin surface may become rough and the smoothness of the insulating layer surface may be impaired. If the insulating layer surface is poorly smooth, the adhesion between the pattern forming dry film and the insulating layer may easily decrease when a conductor layer (wiring layer) is formed on the insulating layer, which may result in poor formation of fine wiring.
この問題を解決する技術として、絶縁層表面を支持体で保護したままレーザーでビアホールを形成し、デスミア処理を実施した後に支持体を剥離する技術が提案されている(例えば、特許第6322885号)。この技術によれば、絶縁層表面は平滑なまま、ビアホール内のスミアを除去することができる。しかし斯かる技術では、デスミア処理後に支持体を剥離する必要があり、従来のプロセスからの変更が必要な点に課題があり、また、支持体を剥離した後に絶縁層表面に離型剤が残るため、離型剤を洗浄する工程が別途必要になる点にも課題がある。 To solve this problem, a technique has been proposed in which via holes are formed with a laser while the insulating layer surface is protected by a support, and the support is peeled off after desmearing. This technique makes it possible to remove smears in the via holes while leaving the insulating layer surface smooth. However, this technique has the problem that the support needs to be peeled off after desmearing, which requires a change from the conventional process, and also has the problem that a release agent remains on the insulating layer surface after the support is peeled off, making a separate process of washing off the release agent necessary.
本発明は、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらすことができる新規な技術を提供する。 The present invention provides a novel technology that can produce an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smearing, and well-shaped via holes, even when a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support.
本発明者らは、上記の課題につき鋭意検討した結果、下記構成を有する多層樹脂シートによれば上記の課題を解決し得ることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of extensive research into the above problems, the inventors discovered that the above problems could be solved by using a multilayer resin sheet having the following configuration, and thus completed the present invention.
すなわち、本発明は以下の内容を含む。
<1>
一方の最外層である第1樹脂組成物層と該第1樹脂組成物層を除く層とからなる2層以上の樹脂組成物層を備える多層樹脂シートであって、
第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRAとし、該第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRDとした場合に、RD/RAが5以上100未満であり、
第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後の算術平均粗さRaが50nm未満である、多層樹脂シート。
<2>
第1樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の平均粒径(μm)をD1、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の無機充填材の平均粒径(μm)をD2としたとき、D1<D2である、<1>に記載の多層樹脂シート。
<3>
第1樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の含有量が、該第1樹脂組成物層中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、5質量%以下である、<1>又は<2>に記載の多層樹脂シート。
<4>
エッチングレートRAが0.1%以上1%未満である、<1>~<3>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シート。
<5>
多層樹脂シートの厚さ(μm)をTとし、第1樹脂組成物層の厚さ(μm)をtとしたとき、t<(T-t)である、<1>~<4>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シート。
<6>
積層対象部材上に、第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が積層対象部材と接合するように積層して用いられる、<1>~<5>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シート。
<7>
プリント配線板の絶縁層用である、<1>~<6>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シート。
<8>
<1>~<7>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シートと、該多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層と接合する支持体とを含む、支持体付き多層樹脂シート。
<9>
下記(I)~(IV)の工程を含む、プリント配線板の製造方法。
(I)内層基板上に、<1>~<7>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シートを、該多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が内層基板と接合するように積層する工程
(II)多層樹脂シートを硬化して絶縁層を形成する工程
(III)絶縁層にレーザーでビアホールを形成し、デスミア処理する工程
(IV)デスミア処理後に絶縁層表面に金属膜を形成する工程
<10>
<1>~<7>の何れかに記載の多層樹脂シートの硬化物からなる絶縁層を含む、プリント配線板。
<11>
<10>に記載のプリント配線板を含む、半導体装置。
That is, the present invention includes the following.
<1>
A multilayer resin sheet having two or more resin composition layers including a first resin composition layer which is an outermost layer on one side and a layer other than the first resin composition layer,
an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the first resin composition layer is defined as RA, and an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer on the opposite side to the first resin composition layer is defined as RD, RD/RA is 5 or more and less than 100,
A multilayer resin sheet, wherein the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of a cured product of a first resin composition layer after a desmear treatment is less than 50 nm.
<2>
The multilayer resin sheet according to <1>, wherein D1 is an average particle size (μm) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer and D2 is an average particle size (μm) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer, and D1 is <D2.
<3>
The multilayer resin sheet according to <1> or <2>, wherein the content of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer is 5% by mass or less, when the non-volatile components in the first resin composition layer are 100% by mass.
<4>
The multilayer resin sheet according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the etching rate RA is 0.1% or more and less than 1%.
<5>
<1> to <4>, wherein t<(T-t), where T is the thickness (μm) of the multilayer resin sheet and t is the thickness (μm) of the first resin composition layer.
<6>
The multilayer resin sheet according to any one of <1> to <5>, which is used by laminating on a target member such that the surface opposite to the first resin composition layer is joined to the target member.
<7>
The multilayer resin sheet according to any one of <1> to <6>, which is for use as an insulating layer in a printed wiring board.
<8>
A multilayer resin sheet with a support, comprising: the multilayer resin sheet according to any one of <1> to <7>; and a support bonded to the first resin composition layer of the multilayer resin sheet.
<9>
A method for producing a printed wiring board, comprising the following steps (I) to (IV):
(I) a step of laminating the multilayer resin sheet according to any one of <1> to <7> on an inner layer substrate so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite to the first resin composition layer is bonded to the inner layer substrate; (II) a step of curing the multilayer resin sheet to form an insulating layer; (III) a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer by a laser and performing a desmear treatment; and (IV) a step of forming a metal film on the surface of the insulating layer after the desmear treatment. <10>
A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet according to any one of <1> to <7>.
<11>
A semiconductor device comprising the printed wiring board according to <10>.
本発明によれば、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらすことができる新規な技術を提供することができる。 The present invention provides a novel technology that can produce an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smearing, and well-shaped via holes, even when a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support.
本発明によればまた、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、デスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる。 The present invention also provides an insulating layer with little change in thickness before and after the desmear process, even when the desmear process is performed after the support is peeled off.
以下、本発明をその好適な実施形態に即して詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、下記実施形態及び例示物に限定されるものではなく、本発明の請求の範囲及びその均等の範囲を逸脱しない範囲において任意に変更して実施され得る。 The present invention will be described in detail below with reference to preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments and examples, and may be modified as desired without departing from the scope of the claims of the present invention and their equivalents.
[多層樹脂シート]
本発明の多層樹脂シートは、一方の最外層である第1樹脂組成物層と該第1樹脂組成物層を除く層とからなる2層以上の樹脂組成物層を備え、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRAとし、該第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRDとした場合に、RD/RAが5以上100未満であり、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後のRaが50nm未満であることを特徴とする。
[Multi-layer resin sheet]
The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is characterized in that it comprises two or more resin composition layers including a first resin composition layer which is one of the outermost layers and a layer other than the first resin composition layer, and in that, when an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the first resin composition layer is defined as RA and an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the resin composition layer which is the outermost layer opposite to the first resin composition layer is defined as RD, RD/RA is 5 or more and less than 100, and the cured product of the first resin composition layer after the desmear treatment has an Ra of less than 50 nm.
本発明の多層樹脂シートは、2層以上の樹脂組成物層が互いに積層された構造を有する。ここで、第1樹脂組成物層と第2樹脂組成物層の2層の樹脂組成物層が積層された構造を有する多層樹脂シートにおいては、第1樹脂組成物層及び第2樹脂組成物層の何れもが最外層である。また、N層(ここでNは3以上の整数を示す。)の樹脂組成物層が積層された構造を有する多層樹脂シートにおいては、一方の最外層から他方の最外層にかけて第1、第2、・・・第Nと昇順で番号を付すと、第1樹脂組成物層と第N樹脂組成物層が最外層である。 The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention has a structure in which two or more resin composition layers are laminated on top of each other. Here, in a multilayer resin sheet having a structure in which two resin composition layers, a first resin composition layer and a second resin composition layer, are laminated, both the first resin composition layer and the second resin composition layer are the outermost layers. Also, in a multilayer resin sheet having a structure in which N resin composition layers (here, N is an integer of 3 or more) are laminated, when the layers are numbered in ascending order from one outermost layer to the other outermost layer as 1st, 2nd, ... Nth, the first resin composition layer and the Nth resin composition layer are the outermost layers.
本発明の多層樹脂シートは、積層対象部材(例えば、後述する内層基板)に積層して用いられるが、このとき、一方の最外層である第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面(他方の最外層;2層の樹脂組成物層からなる多層樹脂シートにおいては第2樹脂組成物層が、N層の樹脂組成物層からなる多層樹脂シートにおいては第N樹脂組成物層が該当する。)が積層対象部材と接合するように積層して用いられる。それ故、積層対象部材に積層したとき、第1樹脂組成物層が外側(外部環境側)となるため、以下においては、第1樹脂組成物層を単に「外層」という場合もある。また、本発明の多層樹脂シートを構成する複数の樹脂組成物層のうち、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層は、積層対象部材に積層した後は、第1樹脂組成物層と積層対象部材との間に位置するため、以下においては、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層をまとめて、単に「内層」という場合もある。 The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is used by laminating it to a member to be laminated (for example, an inner layer substrate described later), and at this time, the surface opposite to the first resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer of one side (the other outermost layer; in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of two resin composition layers, the second resin composition layer corresponds to this, and in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of N resin composition layers, the Nth resin composition layer corresponds to this) is laminated to the member to be laminated. Therefore, when laminated to the member to be laminated, the first resin composition layer becomes the outside (external environment side), and therefore, hereinafter, the first resin composition layer may be simply referred to as the "outer layer". In addition, among the multiple resin composition layers constituting the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the layers other than the first resin composition layer are located between the first resin composition layer and the member to be laminated after being laminated to the member to be laminated, and therefore, hereinafter, the layers other than the first resin composition layer may be collectively simply referred to as the "inner layer".
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は2層以上であればよく、3層以上であってもよい。なお、本発明の多層樹脂シートは、実質的に1つの樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂シートにおける各成分の含有量に差異を生じさせることで形成されていてもよい。この場合、各成分の含有量に差異が生じている部分を層界面と解釈することができる。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may be two or more layers, and may be three or more layers. The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention may be formed by causing differences in the content of each component in essentially one resin sheet. In this case, the part where there is a difference in the content of each component can be interpreted as the layer interface.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいては、一方の最外層である第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRAとし、該第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRDとした場合に、RD/RAが5以上100未満であることを特徴とする。これにより、本発明の多層樹脂シートは、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらすことができる。また本発明の多層樹脂シートによれば、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、デスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる。 The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is characterized in that, when the etching rate by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the first resin composition layer, which is one of the outermost layers, is RA and the etching rate by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer on the opposite side to the first resin composition layer, is RD/RA is 5 or more and less than 100. As a result, even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can provide an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes. Furthermore, even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can provide an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after the desmear treatment.
本発明において、樹脂組成物層についていう「硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレート」とは、該樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理前の質量をM’とし、該樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後の質量をM”としたとき、式:[(M’-M”)/M’]×100で求められる質量減少率(質量%)をいう。よって、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートRAは、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理前の質量をMA’とし、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後の質量をMA”としたとき、式:[(MA’-MA”)/MA’]×100で求められる。また、第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートRDは、第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理前の質量をMD’とし、第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後の質量をMD”としたとき、式:[(MD’-MD”)/MD’]×100で求められる。ここで、「第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層」とは、2層の樹脂組成物層からなる多層樹脂シートにおいては第2樹脂組成物層が、N層の樹脂組成物層からなる多層樹脂シートにおいては第N樹脂組成物層が該当する。 In the present invention, the "etching rate by desmear treatment of the cured product" in reference to the resin composition layer refers to the mass reduction rate (mass %) calculated by the formula: [(M'-M")/M'] x 100, where M' is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer before desmear treatment, and M" is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer after desmear treatment. Therefore, the etching rate RA by desmear treatment of the cured product of the first resin composition layer is calculated by the formula: [(MA'-MA")/MA'] x 100, where MA' is the mass of the cured product of the first resin composition layer before desmear treatment, and MA" is the mass of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmear treatment. In addition, the etching rate RD by desmearing of the cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer is calculated by the formula: [(MD'-MD")/MD'] x 100, where MD' is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer before desmearing, and MD" is the mass of the cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer after desmearing. Here, the "resin composition layer that is the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer" corresponds to the second resin composition layer in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of two resin composition layers, and the Nth resin composition layer in a multilayer resin sheet consisting of N resin composition layers.
本発明において、エッチングレートRAやRDは、後述の[エッチングレートの測定]欄に記載の方法にしたがって測定することができる。詳細には、対象となる樹脂組成物層を100℃で30分間、次いで170℃で30分間加熱して熱硬化させ、得られた硬化物を膨潤液に60℃で10分間浸漬し、酸化剤液に80℃で20分間浸漬し、中和液に40℃で10分間浸漬するデスミア処理に付す場合において、デスミア処理前の硬化物の質量とデスミア処理後の硬化物の質量を測定し、上記式に代入することにより求められる。 In the present invention, the etching rates RA and RD can be measured according to the method described in the section "Measurement of Etching Rate" below. In detail, when the target resin composition layer is thermally cured by heating at 100°C for 30 minutes and then at 170°C for 30 minutes, and the resulting cured product is subjected to a desmear treatment in which the product is immersed in a swelling liquid at 60°C for 10 minutes, in an oxidizing agent liquid at 80°C for 20 minutes, and in a neutralizing liquid at 40°C for 10 minutes, the etching rates RA and RD can be determined by measuring the mass of the cured product before and after the desmear treatment and substituting the results into the above formula.
支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、エッチングレートRAはエッチングレートRDより十分に小さいことが重要であり、RD/RA比は、5以上であり、好ましくは5.5以上又は6以上、より好ましくは6.5以上又は7以上、さらに好ましくは8以上、9以上、10以上、12以上、14以上又は15以上である。特にRD/RA比が10以上であると、表面の平滑性が一際良好な絶縁層をもたらし易いことから好適である。 Even if a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, it is important that the etching rate RA is sufficiently smaller than the etching rate RD, and the RD/RA ratio is 5 or more, preferably 5.5 or more or 6 or more, more preferably 6.5 or more or 7 or more, and even more preferably 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 12 or more, 14 or more, or 15 or more. In particular, an RD/RA ratio of 10 or more is preferable because it is likely to provide an insulating layer with particularly good surface smoothness.
支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、エッチングレートRDはエッチングレートRAに比し大き過ぎないことが重要であり、RD/RA比は、100未満であり、好ましくは98以下、96以下又は95以下、より好ましくは94以下、92以下、90以下、88以下又は86以下、さらに好ましくは85以下、84以下、82以下又は80以下である。特にRD/RA比が85以下であると、スミアを好適に低減させつつ、絶縁層の厚さ方向における寸法変化の小さい一際良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらし易いことから好適である。 Even if desmearing is performed after peeling off the support, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer having good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, it is important that the etching rate RD is not too large compared to the etching rate RA, and the RD/RA ratio is less than 100, and is preferably 98 or less, 96 or less, or 95 or less, more preferably 94 or less, 92 or less, 90 or less, 88 or less, or 86 or less, and even more preferably 85 or less, 84 or less, 82 or less, or 80 or less. In particular, an RD/RA ratio of 85 or less is preferable because it is easy to obtain an insulating layer having particularly well-shaped via holes with little dimensional change in the thickness direction of the insulating layer while suitably reducing smears.
支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、さらにはデスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる観点から、RD/RA比が特定の範囲にあることに加えて、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートRAが、好ましくは1%以下又は1%未満、より好ましくは0.9%以下、より好ましくは0.85%以下又は0.8%以下、さらに好ましくは0.75%以下、0.7%以下、0.65%以下、0.6%以下又は0.55%以下、さらにより好ましくは0.5%以下、0.48%以下、0.46%以下、0.45%以下、0.44%以下、0.42%以下又は0.4%以下の範囲にあることが好適であり、その下限は、好ましくは0.05%以上、より好ましくは0.06%以上又は0.08%以上、さらに好ましくは0.1%以上の範囲にあることが好適である。したがって好適な一実施形態において、エッチングレートRAは0.1%以上1%未満である。 Even if the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, and further from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after the desmear treatment, in addition to the RD/RA ratio being within a specific range, the etching rate RA by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the first resin composition layer is preferably 1% or less or less than 1%, more preferably 0.9% or less, and even more preferably 0.9% or less. Preferably, it is in the range of 0.85% or less or 0.8% or less, more preferably 0.75% or less, 0.7% or less, 0.65% or less, 0.6% or less, or 0.55% or less, and even more preferably 0.5% or less, 0.48% or less, 0.46% or less, 0.45% or less, 0.44% or less, 0.42% or less, or 0.4% or less, and the lower limit is preferably 0.05% or more, more preferably 0.06% or more or 0.08% or more, and even more preferably 0.1% or more. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the etching rate RA is 0.1% or more and less than 1%.
第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートRDは、エチングレートRAとの関係においてRD/RA比が上記特定の範囲にある限り限定されない。中でも、スミアを好適に低減させつつ、絶縁層の厚さ方向における寸法変化の小さい一際良好な形状(断面形状)のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらし易いことから、エッチングレートRDは、好ましくは20%以下、より好ましくは18%以下、16%以下又は15%以下、さらに好ましくは14%以下、12%以下又は10%以下、さらにより好ましくは10%未満、9.5%以下又は9%以下の範囲にあることが好適であり、その下限は、好ましくは0.5%以上、より好ましくは0.6%以上又は0.8%以上、さらに好ましくは1%以上、1.2%以上、1.4%以上又は1.5%以上の範囲にあることが好適である。 The etching rate RD by the desmear treatment of the cured product of the resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer opposite to the first resin composition layer, is not limited as long as the RD/RA ratio is within the above-mentioned specific range in relation to the etching rate RA. In particular, since it is easy to obtain an insulating layer having via holes with a particularly good shape (cross-sectional shape) with small dimensional change in the thickness direction of the insulating layer while suitably reducing smears, the etching rate RD is preferably in the range of 20% or less, more preferably 18% or less, 16% or less, or 15% or less, even more preferably 14% or less, 12% or less, or 10% or less, and even more preferably less than 10%, 9.5% or less, or 9% or less, and the lower limit is preferably 0.5% or more, more preferably 0.6% or more, or 0.8% or more, and even more preferably 1% or more, 1.2% or more, 1.4% or more, or 1.5% or more.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、一方の最外層である第1樹脂組成物層は、その硬化後にデスミア処理された際に、表面粗度が小さく表面平滑性の良好な硬化物をもたらす。本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後の算術平均粗さRaは、50nm未満である。第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後のRaが50nm未満であると、その上にめっきシード層として設ける金属膜の厚さをより薄くしても、配線形成時のめっき焼けを抑制し均一な導体層(配線)を形成し易いため、微細配線化の観点から有利である。第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後のRaは、さらに小さくてもよく、好ましくは45nm以下、40nm以下又は35nm以下、より好ましくは30nm以下、28nm以下、26nm以下又は25nm以下とし得る。該Raの下限は、特に限定されず、例えば、1nm以上、2nm以上、3nm以上などであってよい。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the first resin composition layer, which is one of the outermost layers, when desmeared after curing, produces a cured product with small surface roughness and good surface smoothness. In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmearing is less than 50 nm. If the Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmearing is less than 50 nm, even if the thickness of the metal film provided thereon as a plating seed layer is made thinner, plating burn during wiring formation is suppressed and a uniform conductor layer (wiring) is easily formed, which is advantageous from the viewpoint of fine wiring. The Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after desmearing may be even smaller, and may be preferably 45 nm or less, 40 nm or less, or 35 nm or less, more preferably 30 nm or less, 28 nm or less, 26 nm or less, or 25 nm or less. The lower limit of the Ra is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 nm or more, 2 nm or more, 3 nm or more, etc.
本発明において、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後のRaは、後述の[表面粗度の測定]欄に記載の方法にしたがって測定することができる。詳細には、第1樹脂組成物層を100℃で30分間、次いで170℃で30分間加熱して熱硬化させ、得られた硬化物を膨潤液に60℃で10分間浸漬し、酸化剤液に80℃で20分間浸漬し、中和液に40℃で10分間浸漬するデスミア処理に付す場合において、デスミア処理後の第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物の算術平均粗さRaを測定して求められる。 In the present invention, the Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after the desmear treatment can be measured according to the method described below in the section [Measurement of surface roughness]. In detail, the first resin composition layer is thermally cured by heating at 100°C for 30 minutes and then at 170°C for 30 minutes, and the resulting cured product is subjected to a desmear treatment in which the product is immersed in a swelling liquid at 60°C for 10 minutes, an oxidizing agent liquid at 80°C for 20 minutes, and a neutralizing liquid at 40°C for 10 minutes. The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the cured product of the first resin composition layer after the desmear treatment is measured and found.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層は、線熱膨張係数が低い硬化物を得る観点、また、誘電正接の低い硬化物(ひいては高周波環境で作動させる際の伝送損失が低い硬化物)をもたらす観点から、無機充填材を含むことが好ましい。無機充填材の詳細は後述する。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that the layers other than the first resin composition layer contain an inorganic filler from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with a low linear thermal expansion coefficient and from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with a low dielectric tangent (and thus a cured product with low transmission loss when operated in a high frequency environment). Details of the inorganic filler will be described later.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、第1樹脂組成物層は、無機充填材を含んでもよく、含まなくてもよい。
一実施形態において、第1樹脂組成物層は、線熱膨張係数が低く、誘電正接の低い硬化物をもたらす観点から、無機充填材を含む。第1樹脂組成物層が無機充填材を含む場合、デスミア処理後にいっそう表面粗度が低く平滑性が良好な硬化物をもたらすことができる観点から、第1樹脂組成物層に含まれる無機充填材は、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層に含まれる無機充填材に比し、平均粒径が小さいことが好ましい。したがって、好適な一実施形態において、第1樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の平均粒径(μm)をD1、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の無機充填材の平均粒径(μm)をD2としたとき、D1<D2である。本発明の効果をよりいっそう享受し得る観点から、上記D1とD2は、好ましくはD1≦0.9D2、より好ましくはD1≦0.8D2、D1≦0.7D2、D1≦0.6D2、D1≦0.55D2又はD1≦0.5D2の関係を満たす。無機充填材の平均粒径の測定方法は後述する。
他の一実施形態において、第1樹脂組成物層は、無機充填材を実質的に含まなくてもよく、例えば、第1樹脂組成物層中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき無機充填材の含有量は5質量%以下、4質量%以下、3質量%以下、2質量%以下、1質量%以下又は0.5質量%以下であってよく、あるいは、第1樹脂組成物層は無機充填材を含まなくてもよい。
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the first resin composition layer may or may not contain an inorganic filler.
In one embodiment, the first resin composition layer contains an inorganic filler from the viewpoint of providing a cured product with a low linear thermal expansion coefficient and a low dielectric loss tangent. When the first resin composition layer contains an inorganic filler, it is preferable that the inorganic filler contained in the first resin composition layer has a smaller average particle size than the inorganic filler contained in the layers other than the first resin composition layer from the viewpoint of providing a cured product with a lower surface roughness and good smoothness after the desmear treatment. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, when the average particle size (μm) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer is D1 and the average particle size (μm) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer is D2, D1<D2. From the viewpoint of further enjoying the effects of the present invention, the above D1 and D2 preferably satisfy the relationship D1≦0.9D2, more preferably D1≦0.8D2, D1≦0.7D2, D1≦0.6D2, D1≦0.55D2 or D1≦0.5D2. A method for measuring the average particle size of the inorganic filler will be described later.
In another embodiment, the first resin composition layer may be substantially free of inorganic fillers. For example, when the non-volatile components in the first resin composition layer are taken as 100% by mass, the content of inorganic fillers may be 5% by mass or less, 4% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less, or the first resin composition layer may be free of inorganic fillers.
支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層は、第1樹脂組成物層より厚いことが好ましい。したがって好適な一実施形態において、多層樹脂シートの厚さ(μm)をTとし、第1樹脂組成物層の厚さ(μm)をtとしたとき、t<(T-t)である。本発明の効果をよりいっそう享受し得る観点から、上記のtとTは、好ましくはt≦0.2T、より好ましくはt≦0.15T、t≦0.1T、t≦0.08T、t≦0.06T又はt≦0.05Tの関係を満たす。またtとTは、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、さらにはデスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる観点から、好ましくは0.005T≦t、0.01T≦t又は0.02T≦tの関係を満たす。なお、本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の厚さ(μm)をt’としたとき、t’は、上記のt及びTとの関係において、t’≧0.1(T-t)の関係を満たすことが好ましく、より好ましくはt’≧0.2(T-t)、t’≧0.3(T-t)、t’≧0.4(T-t)又はt’≧0.5(T-t)の関係を満たす。 Even when a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, it is preferable that the layers other than the first resin composition layer in the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention are thicker than the first resin composition layer. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, when the thickness (μm) of the multilayer resin sheet is T and the thickness (μm) of the first resin composition layer is t, t<(T-t). From the viewpoint of being able to enjoy the effects of the present invention even more, the above t and T preferably satisfy the relationship t≦0.2T, more preferably t≦0.15T, t≦0.1T, t≦0.08T, t≦0.06T, or t≦0.05T. In addition, t and T preferably satisfy the relationship of 0.005T≦t, 0.01T≦t, or 0.02T≦t, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, and further from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after the desmear treatment. In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, when the thickness (μm) of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer on the side opposite to the first resin composition layer is t', t' preferably satisfies the relationship of t'≧0.1(T-t) in the relationship with the above t and T, and more preferably satisfies the relationship of t'≧0.2(T-t), t'≧0.3(T-t), t'≧0.4(T-t), or t'≧0.5(T-t).
本発明の多層樹脂シートの厚さTは、用途によって好適値は異なり、用途に応じて適宜決定してよい。例えば、多層樹脂シートの厚さTは、プリント配線板の薄型化の観点から、好ましくは200μm以下、より好ましくは150μm以下、120μm以下、100μm以下、80μm以下、60μm以下又は50μm以下である。該厚さTの下限は、特に限定されないが、通常、5μm以上、10μm以上などとし得る。 The suitable value of the thickness T of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention varies depending on the application, and may be determined appropriately depending on the application. For example, from the viewpoint of thinning the printed wiring board, the thickness T of the multilayer resin sheet is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 150 μm or less, 120 μm or less, 100 μm or less, 80 μm or less, 60 μm or less, or 50 μm or less. The lower limit of the thickness T is not particularly limited, but can usually be 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more, etc.
以下、本発明の多層樹脂シートを構成する樹脂組成物層の詳細を説明する。以下において、第1樹脂組成物層と他の樹脂組成物層とで、異なる配合成分や配合量を適用することが好適である場合には別途明示する。別途明示のない場合、第1樹脂組成物層の配合成分や配合量については、後述の「樹脂組成物層」を「第1樹脂組成物層」と読み替えて適用すればよく、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層の配合成分や配合量については、後述の「樹脂組成物層」を「第1樹脂組成物層を除く層」と読み替えて適用すればよい。本発明の多層樹脂シートがN層(ここでNは3以上の整数を示す。)の樹脂組成物層が積層された構造を有する多層樹脂シートである場合、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層の配合成分の配合量については、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層(層数はN-1)の全体に占める各配合成分の配合量を、また、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層の配合成分の物性については、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層(層数はN-1)の全体に占める各配合成分の物性の平均値を示す。 The resin composition layers constituting the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention will be described in detail below. In the following, when it is preferable to apply different blending components or blending amounts between the first resin composition layer and the other resin composition layers, this will be specified separately. Unless otherwise specified, the blending components and blending amounts of the first resin composition layer may be applied by reading the "resin composition layer" described below as the "first resin composition layer", and the blending components and blending amounts of the layers other than the first resin composition layer may be applied by reading the "resin composition layer" described below as the "layers other than the first resin composition layer". When the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is a multilayer resin sheet having a structure in which N layers (where N is an integer of 3 or more) of resin composition layers are laminated, the blending amounts of the blending components of the layers other than the first resin composition layer refer to the blending amounts of each blending component in the entire layers (the number of layers is N-1) other than the first resin composition layer, and the physical properties of the blending components of the layers other than the first resin composition layer refer to the average physical properties of each blending component in the entire layers (the number of layers is N-1) other than the first resin composition layer.
-無機充填材-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、先述のとおり無機充填材を含んでもよい。
- Inorganic filler -
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may contain an inorganic filler as described above.
無機充填材の材料としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、ガラス、コーディエライト、シリコン酸化物、硫酸バリウム、炭酸バリウム、タルク、クレー、雲母粉、酸化亜鉛、ハイドロタルサイト、ベーマイト、ケイ酸アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、酸化マグネシウム、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、窒化マンガン、ホウ酸アルミニウム、炭酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸カルシウム、チタン酸マグネシウム、チタン酸ビスマス、酸化チタン、酸化ジルコニウム、チタン酸バリウム、チタン酸ジルコン酸バリウム、ジルコン酸バリウム、ジルコン酸カルシウム、リン酸ジルコニウム、及びリン酸タングステン酸ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、シリカが特に好適である。シリカとしては、例えば、無定形シリカ、溶融シリカ、結晶シリカ、合成シリカ、中空シリカ等が挙げられる。また、シリカとしては球形シリカが好ましい。無機充填材は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of inorganic filler materials include silica, alumina, glass, cordierite, silicon oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, talc, clay, mica powder, zinc oxide, hydrotalcite, boehmite, aluminum silicate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, manganese nitride, aluminum borate, strontium carbonate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, magnesium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, barium titanate, barium zirconate titanate, barium zirconate, calcium zirconate, zirconium phosphate, and zirconium tungstate phosphate. Among these, silica is particularly suitable. Examples of silica include amorphous silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, synthetic silica, and hollow silica. Moreover, spherical silica is preferred as the silica. The inorganic filler may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
無機充填材の市販品としては、例えば、日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「SP60-05」、「SP507-05」;アドマテックス社製の「YC100C」、「YA050C」、「YA050C-MJE」、「YA010C」、「SC2500SQ」、「SO-C4」、「SO-C2」、「SO-C1」;デンカ社製の「UFP-30」、「DAW-03」、「FB-105FD」;トクヤマ社製の「シルフィルNSS-3N」、「シルフィルNSS-4N」、「シルフィルNSS-5N」;太平洋セメント社製の「セルスフィアーズ」「MGH-005」;日揮触媒化成社製の「エスフェリーク」「BA-1」などが挙げられる。 Commercially available inorganic fillers include, for example, "SP60-05" and "SP507-05" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.; "YC100C", "YA050C", "YA050C-MJE", "YA010C", "SC2500SQ", "SO-C4", "SO-C2", and "SO-C1" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd.; "UFP-30", "DAW-03", and "FB-105FD" manufactured by Denka Co., Ltd.; "Silfil NSS-3N", "Silfil NSS-4N", and "Silfil NSS-5N" manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation; "Cellspheres" and "MGH-005" manufactured by Taiheiyo Cement Corporation; and "Sfereek" and "BA-1" manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Co., Ltd.
無機充填材の平均粒径は、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは10μm以下、より好ましくは5μm以下、さらに好ましくは3μm以下、2μm以下、1μm以下、0.8μm以下又は0.7μm以下である。該平均粒径の下限は、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは0.01μm以上、より好ましくは0.05μm以上、さらに好ましくは0.07μm以上、0.1μm以上又は0.2μm以上である。無機充填材の平均粒径は、ミー(Mie)散乱理論に基づくレーザー回折・散乱法により測定することができる。具体的には、レーザー回折散乱式粒径分布測定装置により、無機充填材の粒径分布を体積基準で作成し、そのメディアン径を平均粒径とすることで測定することができる。測定サンプルは、無機充填材100mg、メチルエチルケトン10gをバイアル瓶に秤取り、超音波にて10分間分散させたものを使用することができる。測定サンプルを、レーザー回折式粒径分布測定装置を使用して、使用光源波長を青色及び赤色とし、フローセル方式で無機充填材の体積基準の粒径分布を測定し、得られた粒径分布からメディアン径として平均粒径を算出した。レーザー回折式粒径分布測定装置としては、例えば堀場製作所社製「LA-960」等が挙げられる。 The average particle size of the inorganic filler is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, even more preferably 3 μm or less, 2 μm or less, 1 μm or less, 0.8 μm or less, or 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit of the average particle size is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, even more preferably 0.07 μm or more, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more. The average particle size of the inorganic filler can be measured by a laser diffraction/scattering method based on the Mie scattering theory. Specifically, the particle size distribution of the inorganic filler is created on a volume basis using a laser diffraction/scattering particle size distribution measuring device, and the median diameter is used as the average particle size. The measurement sample can be prepared by weighing 100 mg of the inorganic filler and 10 g of methyl ethyl ketone into a vial and dispersing it with ultrasound for 10 minutes. The measurement sample was measured using a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device with blue and red light source wavelengths and a flow cell method to measure the volumetric particle size distribution of the inorganic filler, and the average particle size was calculated as the median diameter from the obtained particle size distribution. An example of a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device is the "LA-960" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.
先述のとおり、第1樹脂組成物層が無機充填材を含む場合、第1樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の平均粒径(μm)をD1、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の無機充填材の平均粒径(μm)をD2としたとき、D1<D2であることが好ましい。D1とD2の好適な関係は先述のとおりである。中でも、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、デスミア処理後にいっそう表面粗度が低く平滑性が良好な硬化物をもたらすことができる観点から、D1は、好ましくは1μm以下、より好ましくは0.8μm以下、0.7μm以下又は0.6μm以下、さらに好ましくは0.5μm以下、0.4μm以下、0.3μm以下又は0.2μm以下である。D1の下限は先述のとおりであり、例えば、0.01μm以上、0.02μm以上などとし得る。 As described above, when the first resin composition layer contains an inorganic filler, it is preferable that D1<D2, where D1 is the average particle size (μm) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer and D2 is the average particle size (μm) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer. The preferred relationship between D1 and D2 is as described above. In particular, even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with lower surface roughness and better smoothness after the desmear treatment, D1 is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.8 μm or less, 0.7 μm or less, or 0.6 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.5 μm or less, 0.4 μm or less, 0.3 μm or less, or 0.2 μm or less. The lower limit of D1 is as described above, and can be, for example, 0.01 μm or more, 0.02 μm or more, etc.
無機充填材は、適切な表面処理剤で表面処理されていることが好ましい。表面処理されることにより、無機充填材の耐湿性及び分散性を高めることができる。表面処理剤としては、例えば、ビニル系シランカップリング剤、エポキシ系シランカップリング剤、スチリル系シランカップリング剤、(メタ)アクリル系シランカップリング剤、アミノ系シランカップリング剤、イソシアヌレート系シランカップリング剤、ウレイド系シランカップリング剤、メルカプト系シランカップリング剤、イソシアネート系シランカップリング剤、酸無水物系シランカップリング剤等のシランカップリング剤;メチルトリメトキシシラン、フェニルトリメトキシシラン等の非シランカップリング-アルコキシシラン化合物;シラザン化合物等が挙げられる。表面処理剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The inorganic filler is preferably surface-treated with an appropriate surface treatment agent. By performing the surface treatment, the moisture resistance and dispersibility of the inorganic filler can be improved. Examples of the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents such as vinyl silane coupling agents, epoxy silane coupling agents, styryl silane coupling agents, (meth)acrylic silane coupling agents, amino silane coupling agents, isocyanurate silane coupling agents, ureido silane coupling agents, mercapto silane coupling agents, isocyanate silane coupling agents, and acid anhydride silane coupling agents; non-silane coupling-alkoxysilane compounds such as methyltrimethoxysilane and phenyltrimethoxysilane; and silazane compounds. The surface treatment agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
表面処理剤の市販品としては、例えば、信越化学工業社製の、「KBM403」(3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン)、「KBM803」(3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン)、「KBE903」(3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン)、「KBM573」(N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン)、「SZ-31」(ヘキサメチルジシラザン)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available surface treatment agents include, for example, "KBM403" (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane), "KBM803" (3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane), "KBE903" (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane), "KBM573" (N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane), and "SZ-31" (hexamethyldisilazane), all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
表面処理剤による表面処理の程度は、無機充填材の分散性向上の観点から、所定の範囲に収まることが好ましい。具体的には、無機充填材100質量部は、好ましくは0.2~5質量部の表面処理剤で表面処理されていることが好ましい。 The degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent is preferably within a specified range from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler. Specifically, it is preferable that 100 parts by mass of the inorganic filler is surface-treated with 0.2 to 5 parts by mass of the surface treatment agent.
表面処理剤による表面処理の程度は、無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量によって評価することができる。無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量は、無機充填材の分散性向上の観点から、0.02mg/m2以上が好ましく、0.1mg/m2以上がより好ましく、0.2mg/m2以上がさらに好ましい。一方、樹脂組成物の溶融粘度やシート形態での溶融粘度の上昇を防止する観点から、1.0mg/m2以下が好ましく、0.8mg/m2以下がより好ましく、0.5mg/m2以下がさらに好ましい。無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量は、表面処理後の無機充填材を溶剤(例えば、メチルエチルケトン(MEK))により洗浄処理した後に測定することができる。具体的には、溶剤として十分な量のMEKを表面処理剤で表面処理された無機充填材に加えて、25℃で5分間超音波洗浄する。上澄液を除去し、固形分を乾燥させた後、カーボン分析計を用いて無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量を測定することができる。カーボン分析計としては、堀場製作所社製「EMIA-320V」等を使用することができる。 The degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent can be evaluated by the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler, the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.02 mg/m 2 or more, more preferably 0.1 mg/m 2 or more, and even more preferably 0.2 mg/m 2 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of preventing an increase in the melt viscosity of the resin composition or the melt viscosity in a sheet form, it is preferably 1.0 mg/m 2 or less, more preferably 0.8 mg/m 2 or less, and even more preferably 0.5 mg/m 2 or less. The amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured after the inorganic filler after the surface treatment is washed with a solvent (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)). Specifically, a sufficient amount of MEK as a solvent is added to the inorganic filler surface-treated with the surface treatment agent, and ultrasonic cleaning is performed at 25 ° C. for 5 minutes. After removing the supernatant and drying the solid content, the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured using a carbon analyzer, such as "EMIA-320V" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の含有量は、多層樹脂シートに要求される特性に応じて決定してよいが、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、また、よりいっそう低い線熱膨張係数や誘電正接を呈する硬化物を実現する観点から、樹脂組成物層中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の無機充填材の含有量C2は、好ましくは40質量%以上又は45質量%以上、より好ましくは50質量%以上、55質量%以上又は60質量%以上、さらに好ましくは65質量%以上、66質量%以上、68質量%以上、70質量%以上、72質量%以上又は74質量である。該含有量C2の上限は先述のとおりであるが、好ましくは80質量%以下、75質量%以下又は70質量%以下である。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the content of the inorganic filler in the resin composition layer may be determined according to the properties required for the multilayer resin sheet. From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range and from the viewpoint of realizing a cured product exhibiting an even lower linear thermal expansion coefficient and dielectric loss tangent, when the non-volatile components in the resin composition layer are taken as 100 mass%, the content C2 of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer is preferably 40 mass% or more or 45 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more, 55 mass% or more or 60 mass% or more, and even more preferably 65 mass% or more, 66 mass% or more, 68 mass% or more, 70 mass% or more, 72 mass% or more, or 74 mass%. The upper limit of the content C2 is as described above, but is preferably 80 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, or 70 mass% or less.
一実施形態において、第1樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の含有量C1(質量%)と、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の無機充填材の含有量C2(質量%)とは、C1<C2の関係を満たす。C1とC2が上記関係を満たす場合、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易いため好適である。C2の好適な範囲は先述のとおりである。 In one embodiment, the content C1 (mass%) of the inorganic filler in the first resin composition layer and the content C2 (mass%) of the inorganic filler in the layers other than the first resin composition layer satisfy the relationship C1 < C2. When C1 and C2 satisfy the above relationship, it is preferable because it is easy to adjust the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range. The suitable range for C2 is as described above.
先述のとおり、第1樹脂組成物層は、無機充填材を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、第1樹脂組成物層中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、第1樹脂組成物層中の無機充填材の含有量C1は、5質量%以下、4質量%以下、3質量%以下、2質量%以下、1質量%以下又は0.5質量%以下であってよい。あるいはまた、第1樹脂組成物層は無機充填材を含まなくてもよい。 As mentioned above, the first resin composition layer may be substantially free of inorganic fillers. For example, when the non-volatile components in the first resin composition layer are taken as 100% by mass, the content C1 of inorganic fillers in the first resin composition layer may be 5% by mass or less, 4% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less. Alternatively, the first resin composition layer may be free of inorganic fillers.
-熱硬化性成分-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、熱硬化性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
-Thermosetting component-
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer preferably contains a thermosetting resin.
熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾシクロブテン樹脂、エポキシアクリレート樹脂、ウレタンアクリレート樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、シアネート樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、メラミン樹脂、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられる。熱硬化性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of thermosetting resins include epoxy resins, benzocyclobutene resins, epoxy acrylate resins, urethane acrylate resins, urethane resins, cyanate resins, unsaturated polyester resins, melamine resins, and silicone resins. Thermosetting resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
中でも、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、さらにはデスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる観点から、熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In particular, from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, and further from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after the desmear treatment, it is preferable that the thermosetting resin contains an epoxy resin.
エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、トリスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、tert-ブチル-カテコール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、線状脂肪族エポキシ樹脂、ブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、複素環式エポキシ樹脂、スピロ環含有エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサン型エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサンジメタノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、トリメチロール型エポキシ樹脂、テトラフェニルエタン型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂は、ビスフェノール構造を有するエポキシ樹脂を指し、例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂は、ビフェニル構造を有するエポキシ樹脂を指し、ここでビフェニル構造はアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基等の置換基を有していてもよい。したがって、ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂もビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂に含まれる。エポキシ樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of epoxy resins include bisphenol-type epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, trisphenol-type epoxy resins, naphthol novolac-type epoxy resins, phenol novolac-type epoxy resins, tert-butyl-catechol-type epoxy resins, naphthalene-type epoxy resins, naphthol-type epoxy resins, anthracene-type epoxy resins, glycidylamine-type epoxy resins, glycidyl ester-type epoxy resins, cresol novolac-type epoxy resins, biphenyl-type epoxy resins, linear aliphatic epoxy resins, epoxy resins having a butadiene structure, alicyclic epoxy resins, heterocyclic epoxy resins, spiro ring-containing epoxy resins, cyclohexane-type epoxy resins, cyclohexane dimethanol-type epoxy resins, naphthylene ether-type epoxy resins, trimethylol-type epoxy resins, and tetraphenylethane-type epoxy resins. Bisphenol-type epoxy resins refer to epoxy resins having a bisphenol structure, and examples include bisphenol A-type epoxy resins, bisphenol F-type epoxy resins, bisphenol S-type epoxy resins, and bisphenol AF-type epoxy resins. Biphenyl-type epoxy resin refers to an epoxy resin having a biphenyl structure, where the biphenyl structure may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an aryl group. Therefore, bixylenol-type epoxy resins and biphenylaralkyl-type epoxy resins are also included in biphenyl-type epoxy resins. The epoxy resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
エポキシ樹脂としては、芳香族系のエポキシ樹脂が好ましい。ここで、芳香族系のエポキシ樹脂とは、その分子内に芳香環を有するエポキシ樹脂を意味する。 As the epoxy resin, aromatic epoxy resin is preferred. Here, aromatic epoxy resin means an epoxy resin that has an aromatic ring in its molecule.
エポキシ樹脂は、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有することが好ましい。エポキシ樹脂の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂の割合は、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、さらに好ましくは70質量%以上である。 The epoxy resin preferably has two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. When the non-volatile components of the epoxy resin are taken as 100% by mass, the proportion of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more.
エポキシ樹脂には、温度20℃で液状のエポキシ樹脂(以下「液状エポキシ樹脂」という。)と、温度20℃で固体状のエポキシ樹脂(以下「固体状エポキシ樹脂」という。)とがある。 Epoxy resins include those that are liquid at a temperature of 20°C (hereafter referred to as "liquid epoxy resins") and those that are solid at a temperature of 20°C (hereafter referred to as "solid epoxy resins").
液状エポキシ樹脂としては、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有する液状エポキシ樹脂が好ましい。 The liquid epoxy resin is preferably one that has two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
液状エポキシ樹脂としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、エステル骨格を有する脂環式エポキシ樹脂等の脂環式エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサン型エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサンジメタノール型エポキシ樹脂、及びブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂が好ましい。 Preferred liquid epoxy resins are bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, bisphenol AF type epoxy resins, naphthalene type epoxy resins, glycidyl ester type epoxy resins, glycidyl amine type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, alicyclic epoxy resins such as alicyclic epoxy resins having an ester skeleton, cyclohexane type epoxy resins, cyclohexane dimethanol type epoxy resins, and epoxy resins having a butadiene structure.
液状エポキシ樹脂の具体例としては、DIC社製の「HP-4032」、「HP-4032D」、「HP-4032SS」(ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「828US」、「jER828EL」、「825」、「エピコート828EL」(ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER807」、「1750」(ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER152」(フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「630」、「630LSD」(p-アミノフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ZX1059」(ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂とビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂の混合品);ナガセケムテックス社製の「EX-721」(グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂);ダイセル社製の「セロキサイド2021P」(エステル骨格を有する脂環式エポキシ樹脂);ダイセル社製の「PB-3600」(ブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ZX1658」、「ZX1658GS」(液状1,4-グリシジルシクロヘキサン型エポキシ樹脂)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of liquid epoxy resins include DIC's "HP-4032", "HP-4032D", and "HP-4032SS" (naphthalene type epoxy resins); Mitsubishi Chemical's "828US", "jER828EL", "825", and "Epicoat 828EL" (bisphenol A type epoxy resins); Mitsubishi Chemical's "jER807" and "1750" (bisphenol F type epoxy resins); Mitsubishi Chemical's "jER152" (phenol novolac type epoxy resin); Mitsubishi Chemical's "630" and "630LSD" (p-aminophenol type epoxy resins, glycidyl ether type epoxy resins). amine type epoxy resin); "ZX1059" (a mixture of bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol F type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical &Material; "EX-721" (glycidyl ester type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nagase ChemteX; "Celloxide 2021P" (alicyclic epoxy resin with an ester structure) manufactured by Daicel; "PB-3600" (epoxy resin with a butadiene structure) manufactured by Daicel; "ZX1658" and "ZX1658GS" (liquid 1,4-glycidylcyclohexane type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material.
固体状エポキシ樹脂としては、1分子中に3個以上のエポキシ基を有する固体状エポキシ樹脂が好ましく、1分子中に3個以上のエポキシ基を有する芳香族系の固体状エポキシ樹脂がより好ましい。 As the solid epoxy resin, a solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable, and an aromatic solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is more preferable.
固体状エポキシ樹脂としては、ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型4官能エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、トリスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂、テトラフェニルエタン型エポキシ樹脂が好ましい。 Preferred solid epoxy resins are bixylenol type epoxy resins, naphthalene type epoxy resins, naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, trisphenol type epoxy resins, naphthol type epoxy resins, biphenyl type epoxy resins, naphthylene ether type epoxy resins, anthracene type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol AF type epoxy resins, and tetraphenylethane type epoxy resins.
固体状エポキシ樹脂の具体例としては、DIC社製の「HP-4032H」(ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「HP-4700」、「HP-4710」(ナフタレン型4官能エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「N-690」(クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「N-695」(クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「HP-7200HH」、「HP-7200H」、「HP-7200」(ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「EXA-7311」、「EXA-7311-G3」、「EXA-7311-G4」、「EXA-7311-G4S」、「HP6000」(ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂);日本化薬社製の「EPPN-502H」(トリスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂);日本化薬社製の「NC-7000-L」(ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);日本化薬社製の「NC-3000-H」、「NC-3000」、「NC-3000-L」、「NC-3100」(ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ESN475V」(ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ESN485」(ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YX4000H」、「YX4000」、「YL6121」(ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YX4000HK」(ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YX8800」(アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂);大阪ガスケミカル社製の「PG-100」、「CG-500」;三菱ケミカル社製の「YL7760」(ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YL7800」(フルオレン型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER1010」(固体状ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER1031S」(テトラフェニルエタン型エポキシ樹脂)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of solid epoxy resins include DIC's "HP-4032H" (naphthalene type epoxy resin); DIC's "HP-4700" and "HP-4710" (naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin); DIC's "N-690" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC's "N-695" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC's "HP-7200HH", "HP-7200H", and "HP-7200" (dicyclopentadiene ether type epoxy resins); DIC Corporation's "EXA-7311", "EXA-7311-G3", "EXA-7311-G4", "EXA-7311-G4S", and "HP6000" (naphthylene ether type epoxy resins); Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "EPPN-502H" (trisphenol type epoxy resin); Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "NC-7000-L" (naphthol novolac type epoxy resin); Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "NC-3000-H", "NC-3000", and "NC-30 00-L, "NC-3100" (biphenyl type epoxy resin); "ESN475V" (naphthol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.; "ESN485" (naphthol novolac type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.; "YX4000H", "YX4000", "YL6121" (biphenyl type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.; "YX4000HK" (bixylenol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. "YX8800" (anthracene type epoxy resin) manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals; "PG-100" and "CG-500" manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals; "YL7760" (bisphenol AF type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical; "YL7800" (fluorene type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical; "jER1010" (solid bisphenol A type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical; and "jER1031S" (tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、エポキシ樹脂として、液状エポキシ樹脂のみを含んでもよく、固体状エポキシ樹脂のみを含んでもよく、液状エポキシ樹脂と固体状エポキシ樹脂とを組み合わせて含んでもよい。上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、樹脂組成物層は、固体状エポキシ樹脂を含むことが好ましい。液状エポキシ樹脂と固体状エポキシ樹脂とを組み合わせて用いる場合、それらの量比(液状エポキシ樹脂:固体状エポキシ樹脂)は、質量比で、好ましくは1:0.5~1:50、より好ましくは1:1~1:30、さらに好ましくは1:2~1:20である。上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、第1樹脂組成物層中の固体状エポキシ樹脂/液状エポキシ樹脂の質量比X1は、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の固体状エポキシ樹脂/液状エポキシ樹脂の質量比X2より高いことが好ましく、例えば、質量比X1と質量比X2の差(X1-X2)は、1以上、2以上、3以上、4以上、又は5以上などし得る。該差(X1-X2)の上限は、通常、20以下、15以下、14以下、12以下などであってよい。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may contain only liquid epoxy resin as the epoxy resin, may contain only solid epoxy resin, or may contain a combination of liquid epoxy resin and solid epoxy resin. From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the above RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, it is preferable that the resin composition layer contains a solid epoxy resin. When a liquid epoxy resin and a solid epoxy resin are used in combination, the ratio by mass between them (liquid epoxy resin:solid epoxy resin) is preferably 1:0.5 to 1:50, more preferably 1:1 to 1:30, and even more preferably 1:2 to 1:20. From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, the mass ratio X1 of the solid epoxy resin/liquid epoxy resin in the first resin composition layer is preferably higher than the mass ratio X2 of the solid epoxy resin/liquid epoxy resin in the layers other than the first resin composition layer, and for example, the difference (X1-X2) between the mass ratio X1 and the mass ratio X2 may be 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, or 5 or more. The upper limit of the difference (X1-X2) may usually be 20 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 12 or less, etc.
エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、好ましくは50g/eq.~5000g/eq.、より好ましくは50g/eq.~3000g/eq.、さらに好ましくは80g/eq.~2000g/eq.、さらにより好ましくは110g/eq.~1000g/eq.である。エポキシ当量は、1当量のエポキシ基を含むエポキシ樹脂の質量である。このエポキシ当量は、JIS K7236に従って測定することができる。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 50 g/eq. to 5000 g/eq., more preferably 50 g/eq. to 3000 g/eq., even more preferably 80 g/eq. to 2000 g/eq., and even more preferably 110 g/eq. to 1000 g/eq. The epoxy equivalent is the mass of an epoxy resin containing one equivalent of epoxy groups. This epoxy equivalent can be measured according to JIS K7236.
エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは100~5000、より好ましくは250~3000、さらに好ましくは400~1500である。エポキシ樹脂のMwは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により、ポリスチレン換算の値として測定できる。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the epoxy resin is preferably 100 to 5000, more preferably 250 to 3000, and even more preferably 400 to 1500. The Mw of the epoxy resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易く、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、樹脂組成物層中の熱硬化性樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物層中の樹脂成分を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、さらに好ましくは12質量%以上、14質量%以上又は15質量%以上である。該含有量の上限は、特に限定されず、樹脂組成物に要求される特性に応じて決定してよいが、例えば、60質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下又は40質量%以下などとし得る。 From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, the content of the thermosetting resin in the resin composition layer is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 12% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, or 15% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition layer is taken as 100% by mass. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be determined according to the properties required of the resin composition, but may be, for example, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, or 40% by mass or less.
本発明において、樹脂組成物層についていう「樹脂成分」とは、樹脂組成物層を構成する固形分(不揮発成分)のうち、後述する無機充填材を除いた成分をいう。 In the present invention, the "resin component" of the resin composition layer refers to the solids (non-volatile components) constituting the resin composition layer, excluding the inorganic filler described below.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、熱硬化性樹脂と無機充填材に加えて、硬化剤、熱可塑性樹脂、ラジカル重合性樹脂及び硬化促進剤から選ばれる1種以上を含んでもよい。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may contain, in addition to the thermosetting resin and inorganic filler, one or more selected from a curing agent, a thermoplastic resin, a radical polymerizable resin, and a curing accelerator.
-硬化剤-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、硬化剤を含むことが好ましい。硬化剤は、通常、熱硬化性樹脂と反応して樹脂組成物層を硬化させる機能を有する。
- Hardener -
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer preferably contains a curing agent. The curing agent usually has a function of reacting with the thermosetting resin to cure the resin composition layer.
硬化剤としては、例えば、活性エステル系硬化剤、フェノール系硬化剤、ナフトール系硬化剤、酸無水物系硬化剤、シアネートエステル系硬化剤、カルボジイミド系硬化剤、アミン系硬化剤などが挙げられる。硬化剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the curing agent include active ester curing agents, phenolic curing agents, naphthol curing agents, acid anhydride curing agents, cyanate ester curing agents, carbodiimide curing agents, and amine curing agents. The curing agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
中でも、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、硬化剤は、活性エステル系硬化剤、フェノール系硬化剤、ナフトール系硬化剤からなる群から選択される1種以上を含むことが好ましく、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易く、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、活性エステル系硬化剤を含むことが好ましい。したがって一実施形態において、硬化剤は、活性エステル系硬化剤、フェノール系硬化剤、ナフトール系硬化剤からなる群から選択される1種以上を含み、より好適には活性エステル系硬化剤を含む。 In particular, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer having better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes even when a desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, it is preferable that the curing agent contains one or more selected from the group consisting of active ester-based curing agents, phenol-based curing agents, and naphthol-based curing agents, and from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer having better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, it is preferable that the curing agent contains an active ester-based curing agent, since it is easy to adjust the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range and it is possible to obtain an insulating layer having better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes. Therefore, in one embodiment, the curing agent contains one or more selected from the group consisting of active ester-based curing agents, phenol-based curing agents, and naphthol-based curing agents, and more preferably contains an active ester-based curing agent.
活性エステル系硬化剤としては、1分子中に1個以上の活性エステル基を有する化合物を用いることができる。中でも、活性エステル系硬化剤としては、フェノールエステル類、チオフェノールエステル類、N-ヒドロキシアミンエステル類、複素環ヒドロキシ化合物のエステル類等の、反応活性の高いエステル基を1分子中に2個以上有する化合物が好ましい。当該活性エステル系硬化剤は、カルボン酸化合物及び/又はチオカルボン酸化合物とヒドロキシ化合物及び/又はチオール化合物との縮合反応によって得られるものが好ましい。特に、耐熱性向上の観点から、カルボン酸化合物由来の活性エステル系硬化剤が好ましく、カルボン酸化合物とヒドロキシ化合物とから得られる活性エステル系硬化剤がより好ましく、カルボン酸化合物と芳香族ヒドロキシ化合物とから得られる活性エステル系硬化剤がさらに好ましい。 As the active ester curing agent, a compound having one or more active ester groups in one molecule can be used. Among them, as the active ester curing agent, a compound having two or more highly reactive ester groups in one molecule, such as phenol esters, thiophenol esters, N-hydroxyamine esters, and esters of heterocyclic hydroxy compounds, is preferred. The active ester curing agent is preferably one obtained by a condensation reaction between a carboxylic acid compound and/or a thiocarboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound and/or a thiol compound. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, an active ester curing agent derived from a carboxylic acid compound is preferred, an active ester curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound is more preferred, and an active ester curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and an aromatic hydroxy compound is even more preferred.
カルボン酸化合物としては、芳香族カルボン酸化合物及び脂肪族カルボン酸のいずれを用いてもよく、例えば、安息香酸、酢酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、イタコン酸、フタル酸、イソフタル酸、テレフタル酸、ピロメリット酸等が挙げられる。 As the carboxylic acid compound, either an aromatic carboxylic acid compound or an aliphatic carboxylic acid may be used, and examples thereof include benzoic acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, etc.
芳香族ヒドロキシ化合物としては、例えば、(i)1分子中に二重結合を2個含有する不飽和脂肪族環状化合物とフェノール類との重付加反応物、(ii)各種ビスフェノール化合物、(iii)芳香環上の炭素原子に2個以上のヒドロキシ基が結合した芳香族ポリオール、(iv)芳香環上の炭素原子に1個のヒドロキシ基が結合した芳香族モノオール等が挙げられる。不飽和脂肪族環状化合物とフェノール類の重付加反応物としては、例えば、ジシクロペンタジエン、テトラヒドロインデン、ノルボルナジエン、リモネン、ビニルシクロヘキセン等の不飽和脂肪族環状化合物と、置換基を有していてもよいフェノール(例えば、フェノール、クレゾール、キシレノール、エチルフェノール、プロピルフェノール、ビニルフェノール、アリルフェノール、フェニルフェノール、ベンジルフェノール、ハロフェノール等)との重付加反応物が挙げられ、具体的には例えば、ジシクロペタジエン-フェノール類重付加物等が挙げられる。ビスフェノール化合物としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノールAF、ビスフェノールAP、ビスフェノールB、ビスフェノールBP、ビスフェノールC、ビスフェノールM等が挙げられる。芳香環上の炭素原子に2個以上のヒドロキシ基が結合した芳香族ポリオールとしては、例えば、ハイドロキノン、レゾルシン、カテコール、1,5-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、1,6-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、2,6-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、フロログルシン、ベンゼントリオール、フェノールノボラック等が挙げられる。芳香環上の炭素原子に1個のヒドロキシ基が結合した芳香族モノオールとしては、例えば、フェノール、クレゾール、キシレノール、エチルフェノール、プロピルフェノール、ビニルフェノール、アリルフェノール、フェニルフェノール、ベンジルフェノール、ハロフェノール、ナフトール、メチルナフトール、ジメチルナフトール、エチルナフトール、プロピルナフトール、ビニルナフトール、アリルナフトール、フェニルナフトール、ベンジルナフトール、ハロナフトール等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic hydroxy compounds include (i) polyaddition products of unsaturated aliphatic cyclic compounds containing two double bonds in one molecule with phenols, (ii) various bisphenol compounds, (iii) aromatic polyols having two or more hydroxy groups bonded to a carbon atom on an aromatic ring, and (iv) aromatic monools having one hydroxy group bonded to a carbon atom on an aromatic ring. Examples of polyaddition products of unsaturated aliphatic cyclic compounds with phenols include polyaddition products of unsaturated aliphatic cyclic compounds such as dicyclopentadiene, tetrahydroindene, norbornadiene, limonene, and vinylcyclohexene with phenols that may have a substituent (e.g., phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, propylphenol, vinylphenol, allylphenol, phenylphenol, benzylphenol, halophenols, etc.), and specific examples thereof include polyaddition products of dicyclopentadiene and phenols. Examples of bisphenol compounds include bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol AF, bisphenol AP, bisphenol B, bisphenol BP, bisphenol C, and bisphenol M. Examples of aromatic polyols having two or more hydroxy groups bonded to carbon atoms on an aromatic ring include hydroquinone, resorcinol, catechol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, dihydroxybenzophenone, trihydroxybenzophenone, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, phloroglucinol, benzenetriol, and phenol novolak. Examples of aromatic monools having one hydroxyl group bonded to a carbon atom on an aromatic ring include phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, propylphenol, vinylphenol, allylphenol, phenylphenol, benzylphenol, halophenol, naphthol, methylnaphthol, dimethylnaphthol, ethylnaphthol, propylnaphthol, vinylnaphthol, allylnaphthol, phenylnaphthol, benzylnaphthol, and halonaphthol.
活性エステル系硬化剤の好適な具体例としては、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造を含む活性エステル化合物、ナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル化合物、フェノールノボラックのアセチル化物を含む活性エステル化合物、フェノールノボラックのベンゾイル化物を含む活性エステル化合物が挙げられる。中でも、ナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル化合物、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造を含む活性エステル化合物がより好ましい。「ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造」とは、フェニレン-ジシクロペンタレン-フェニレンからなる2価の構造単位を表す。 Specific examples of suitable active ester-based curing agents include active ester compounds containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure, active ester compounds containing a naphthalene structure, active ester compounds containing an acetylated product of phenol novolac, and active ester compounds containing a benzoylated product of phenol novolac. Among these, active ester compounds containing a naphthalene structure and active ester compounds containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure are more preferred. The term "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure" refers to a divalent structural unit consisting of phenylene-dicyclopentalene-phenylene.
活性エステル系硬化剤の市販品としては、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造を含む活性エステル樹脂として、「EXB-9451」、「EXB-9460」、「EXB-9460S」、「HPC-8000-65T」、「HPC-8000H-65TM」、「HPC-8000L-65TM」(DIC社製);ナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル樹脂として「EXB-8100L-65T」、「EXB-8150-60T」、「EXB-8150-62T」、「EXB-9416-70BK」、「HPC-8150-60T」、「HPC-8150-62T」、「HP-B-8151-62T」、「HP-C-8151-62T」(DIC社製);りん含有活性エステル樹脂として「EXB9401」(DIC社製);フェノールノボラックのアセチル化物である活性エステル樹脂として「DC808」(三菱ケミカル社製);フェノールノボラックのベンゾイル化物である活性エステル樹脂として「YLH1026」、「YLH1030」、「YLH1048」(三菱ケミカル社製);スチリル基及びナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル樹脂として「PC1300-02-65MA」(エア・ウォーター社製)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available active ester curing agents include active ester resins containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure, such as "EXB-9451", "EXB-9460", "EXB-9460S", "HPC-8000-65T", "HPC-8000H-65TM", and "HPC-8000L-65TM" (manufactured by DIC Corporation); active ester resins containing a naphthalene structure, such as "EXB-8100L-65T", "EXB-8150-60T", "EXB-8150-62T", "EXB-9416-70BK", "HPC-8150-60T", and "HPC-8150-62T". , "HP-B-8151-62T", "HP-C-8151-62T" (manufactured by DIC Corporation); "EXB9401" (manufactured by DIC Corporation) is a phosphorus-containing active ester resin; "DC808" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) is an active ester resin that is an acetylated product of phenol novolac; "YLH1026", "YLH1030", "YLH1048" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) are active ester resins that are benzoylated products of phenol novolac; and "PC1300-02-65MA" (manufactured by Air Water Inc.) is an active ester resin that contains a styryl group and a naphthalene structure.
フェノール系硬化剤及びナフトール系硬化剤としては、耐熱性及び耐水性の観点から、ノボラック構造を有するものが好ましい。また、導体層との密着性の観点から、含窒素フェノール系硬化剤、含窒素ナフトール系硬化剤が好ましく、トリアジン骨格含有フェノール系硬化剤、トリアジン骨格含有ナフトール系硬化剤がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance and water resistance, phenol-based and naphthol-based hardeners having a novolac structure are preferred. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductor layer, nitrogen-containing phenol-based and nitrogen-containing naphthol-based hardeners are preferred, and triazine-skeleton-containing phenol-based and triazine-skeleton-containing naphthol-based hardeners are more preferred.
フェノール系硬化剤及びナフトール系硬化剤の具体例としては、例えば、明和化成社製の「MEH-7700」、「MEH-7810」、「MEH-7851」、「MEH-8000H」;日本化薬社製の「NHN」、「CBN」、「GPH」;日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「SN-170」、「SN-180」、「SN-190」、「SN-475」、「SN-485」、「SN-495」、「SN-495V」、「SN-375」、「SN-395」;DIC社製の「TD-2090」、「TD-2090-60M」、「LA-7052」、「LA-7054」、「LA-1356」、「LA-3018」、「LA-3018-50P」、「EXB-9500」、「HPC-9500」、「KA-1160」、「KA-1163」、「KA-1165」;群栄化学社製の「GDP-6115L」、「GDP-6115H」、「ELPC75」等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of phenol-based and naphthol-based hardeners include "MEH-7700", "MEH-7810", "MEH-7851", and "MEH-8000H" manufactured by Meiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.; "NHN", "CBN", and "GPH" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; and "SN-170", "SN-180", "SN-190", "SN-475", "SN-485", "SN-495", "SN-495V", and "SN-3" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd. 75" and "SN-395" manufactured by DIC Corporation; "TD-2090", "TD-2090-60M", "LA-7052", "LA-7054", "LA-1356", "LA-3018", "LA-3018-50P", "EXB-9500", "HPC-9500", "KA-1160", "KA-1163", and "KA-1165" manufactured by Gun-ei Chemical Co., Ltd.; "GDP-6115L", "GDP-6115H", and "ELPC75" manufactured by Gun-ei Chemical Co., Ltd.
酸無水物系硬化剤としては、1分子内中に1個以上の酸無水物基を有する硬化剤が挙げられる。酸無水物系硬化剤の具体例としては、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルナジック酸無水物、水素化メチルナジック酸無水物、トリアルキルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ドデセニル無水コハク酸、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロ-3-フラニル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンソフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、オキシジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’-4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-ヘキサヒドロ-5-(テトラヒドロ-2,5-ジオキソ-3-フラニル)-ナフト[1,2-C]フラン-1,3-ジオン、エチレングリコールビス(アンヒドロトリメリテート)、スチレンとマレイン酸とが共重合したスチレン・マレイン酸樹脂などのポリマー型の酸無水物などが挙げられる。酸無水物系硬化剤の市販品としては、新日本理化社製の「MH-700」等が挙げられる。 Acid anhydride curing agents include those that have one or more acid anhydride groups in one molecule. Specific examples of acid anhydride curing agents include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylnadic anhydride, hydrogenated methylnadic anhydride, trialkyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride. Examples of acid anhydrides include polymeric acid anhydrides such as biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3'-4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-C]furan-1,3-dione, ethylene glycol bis(anhydrotrimellitate), and styrene-maleic acid resins in which styrene and maleic acid are copolymerized. Examples of commercially available acid anhydride-based hardeners include "MH-700" manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.
シアネートエステル系硬化剤としては、例えば、ビスフェノールAジシアネート、ポリフェノールシアネート、オリゴ(3-メチレン-1,5-フェニレンシアネート)、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジメチルフェニルシアネート)、4,4’-エチリデンジフェニルジシアネート、ヘキサフルオロビスフェノールAジシアネート、2,2-ビス(4-シアネート)フェニルプロパン、1,1-ビス(4-シアネートフェニルメタン)、ビス(4-シアネート-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)メタン、1,3-ビス(4-シアネートフェニル-1-(メチルエチリデン))ベンゼン、ビス(4-シアネートフェニル)チオエーテル、及びビス(4-シアネートフェニル)エーテル、等の2官能シアネート樹脂;フェノールノボラック及びクレゾールノボラック等から誘導される多官能シアネート樹脂;これらシアネート樹脂が一部トリアジン化したプレポリマー;などが挙げられる。シアネートエステル系硬化剤の具体例としては、arxada社製の「PT30」及び「PT60」(フェノールノボラック型多官能シアネートエステル樹脂)、「ULL-950S」(多官能シアネートエステル樹脂)、「BA230」、「BA230S75」(ビスフェノールAジシアネートの一部又は全部がトリアジン化され三量体となったプレポリマー)等が挙げられる。 Examples of cyanate ester curing agents include bifunctional cyanate resins such as bisphenol A dicyanate, polyphenol cyanate, oligo(3-methylene-1,5-phenylene cyanate), 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-dimethylphenyl cyanate), 4,4'-ethylidene diphenyl dicyanate, hexafluorobisphenol A dicyanate, 2,2-bis(4-cyanate)phenylpropane, 1,1-bis(4-cyanate-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methane, 1,3-bis(4-cyanate-phenyl-1-(methylethylidene))benzene, bis(4-cyanate-phenyl)thioether, and bis(4-cyanate-phenyl)ether; multifunctional cyanate resins derived from phenol novolac and cresol novolac; prepolymers in which these cyanate resins have been partially converted to triazine; and the like. Specific examples of cyanate ester-based hardeners include arxada's "PT30" and "PT60" (phenol novolac-type multifunctional cyanate ester resins), "ULL-950S" (multifunctional cyanate ester resin), "BA230" and "BA230S75" (prepolymers in which part or all of bisphenol A dicyanate has been triazine-converted into a trimer).
カルボジイミド系硬化剤の具体例としては、日清紡ケミカル社製のカルボジライト(登録商標)V-03(カルボジイミド基当量:216g/eq.)、V-05(カルボジイミド基当量:262g/eq.)、V-07(カルボジイミド基当量:200g/eq.);V-09(カルボジイミド基当量:200g/eq.);ランクセス社製のスタバクゾール(登録商標)P(カルボジイミド基当量:302g/eq.)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of carbodiimide-based curing agents include Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-03 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 216 g/eq.), V-05 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 262 g/eq.), V-07 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 200 g/eq.), V-09 (carbodiimide group equivalent: 200 g/eq.), and Stavaxol (registered trademark) P (carbodiimide group equivalent: 302 g/eq.), all manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd.
アミン系硬化剤としては、1分子内中に1個以上のアミノ基を有する硬化剤が挙げられ、例えば、脂肪族アミン類、ポリエーテルアミン類、脂環式アミン類、芳香族アミン類等が挙げられる。アミン系硬化剤の具体例としては、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジメチルアニリン)、ジフェニルジアミノスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、m-フェニレンジアミン、m-キシリレンジアミン、ジエチルトルエンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシベンジジン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、3,3-ジメチル-5,5-ジエチル-4,4-ジフェニルメタンジアミン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス(4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル)スルホン、等が挙げられる。アミン系硬化剤は市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、日本化薬社製の「KAYABOND C-200S」、「KAYABOND C-100」、「カヤハードA-A」、「カヤハードA-B」、「カヤハードA-S」、三菱ケミカル社製の「エピキュアW」等が挙げられる。 Amine-based curing agents include curing agents having one or more amino groups in one molecule, such as aliphatic amines, polyether amines, alicyclic amines, and aromatic amines. Specific examples of amine-based curing agents include 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-dimethylaniline), diphenyldiaminosulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, m-phenylenediamine, m-xylylenediamine, diethyltoluenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylether, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, and 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl. bis(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 3,3-dimethyl-5,5-diethyl-4,4-diphenylmethanediamine, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)sulfone, bis(4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl)sulfone, and the like. Commercially available amine-based curing agents may be used, such as "KAYABOND C-200S", "KAYABOND C-100", "KAYAHARD A-A", "KAYAHARD A-B", and "KAYAHARD A-S" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and "Epicure W" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、樹脂組成物中の硬化剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは10質量%以上、より好ましくは20質量%以上、さらに好ましくは30質量%以上、35質量%以上又は40質量%以上である。該含有量の上限は、特に限定されず、樹脂組成物に要求される特性に応じて決定してよいが、例えば、80質量%以下、75質量%以下又は70質量%以下などとし得る。 Even if the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, the content of the curing agent in the resin composition is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, or 40% by mass or more, assuming that the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be determined according to the properties required of the resin composition, but may be, for example, 80% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or less.
先述のとおり、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易く、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、硬化剤は活性エステル系硬化剤を含むことが好ましい。本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層が硬化剤として活性エステル系硬化剤を含む場合、硬化剤中の活性エステル系硬化剤の含有量は、本発明の効果をより享受し得る観点から、また一際優れた誘電特性を呈する硬化物を得る観点から、硬化剤の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、さらに好ましくは70質量%以上、75質量%以上又は80質量%以上である。硬化剤に占める活性エステル系硬化剤の含有量の上限は特に限定されず、100質量%であってもよいが、例えば、95質量%以下、90質量%以下などとしてもよい。 As described above, the curing agent preferably contains an active ester curing agent, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes. In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, when the resin composition layer contains an active ester curing agent as a curing agent, the content of the active ester curing agent in the curing agent is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and even more preferably 70% by mass or more, 75% by mass or more, or 80% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of being able to enjoy the effects of the present invention more effectively and from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product exhibiting particularly excellent dielectric properties, when the non-volatile components of the curing agent are taken as 100% by mass. The upper limit of the content of the active ester curing agent in the curing agent is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass, but may also be, for example, 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, etc.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて樹脂組成物層が硬化剤として活性エステル系硬化剤を含む場合、熱硬化性樹脂に対する活性エステル系硬化剤の質量比(活性エステル系硬化剤/熱硬化性樹脂)は、本発明の効果をより享受し得る観点から、また一際優れた誘電特性を呈する観点から、好ましくは0.5以上、より好ましくは0.6以上、さらに好ましくは0.8以上、1以上、1.1以上、1.2以上、1.3以上、1.4以上又は1.5以上である。該質量比(活性エステル系硬化剤/熱硬化性樹脂)の上限は、例えば、5以下、4.5以下、4以下などとしてよい。とりわけ、上記のエッチングレートRAを好適な範囲に調整し易く、ひいては上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、第1樹脂組成物層における該質量比(活性エステル系硬化剤/熱硬化性樹脂)は、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは1.2以上又は1.4以上、さらに好ましくは1.5以上、16以上、1.8以上又は2以上である。 When the resin composition layer in the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention contains an active ester-based curing agent as a curing agent, the mass ratio of the active ester-based curing agent to the thermosetting resin (active ester-based curing agent/thermosetting resin) is preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 0.6 or more, and even more preferably 0.8 or more, 1 or more, 1.1 or more, 1.2 or more, 1.3 or more, 1.4 or more, or 1.5 or more, from the viewpoint of being able to enjoy the effects of the present invention more effectively and from the viewpoint of exhibiting particularly excellent dielectric properties. The upper limit of the mass ratio (active ester-based curing agent/thermosetting resin) may be, for example, 5 or less, 4.5 or less, 4 or less, etc. In particular, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the etching rate RA to a suitable range, and thus easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, the mass ratio (active ester-based curing agent/thermosetting resin) in the first resin composition layer is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more or 1.4 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more, 16 or more, 1.8 or more, or 2 or more.
-熱可塑性樹脂-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、熱可塑性樹脂を含んでもよい。
- Thermoplastic resin -
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may contain a thermoplastic resin.
熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、フェノキシ樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリブタジエン樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂が挙げられ、中でも、フェノキシ樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂、及びポリカーボネート樹脂から選ばれる樹脂が好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of thermoplastic resins include phenoxy resins, polyimide resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, acrylic resins, polyolefin resins, polybutadiene resins, polyamideimide resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene ether resins, polyetherimide resins, polycarbonate resins, polyetheretherketone resins, and polyester resins. Among these, resins selected from phenoxy resins, polyimide resins, acrylic resins, polyphenylene ether resins, and polycarbonate resins are preferred. Thermoplastic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
--フェノキシ樹脂--
フェノキシ樹脂としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA骨格、ビスフェノールF骨格、ビスフェノールS骨格、ビスフェノールアセトフェノン骨格、ノボラック骨格、ビフェニル骨格、フルオレン骨格、ジシクロペンタジエン骨格、ノルボルネン骨格、ナフタレン骨格、アントラセン骨格、アダマンタン骨格、テルペン骨格、及びトリメチルシクロヘキサン骨格からなる群から選択される1種以上の骨格を有するフェノキシ樹脂が挙げられる。フェノキシ樹脂の末端は、フェノール性水酸基、エポキシ基等のいずれの官能基でもよい。フェノキシ樹脂は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。フェノキシ樹脂の具体例としては、三菱ケミカル社製の「1256」及び「4250」(いずれもビスフェノールA骨格含有フェノキシ樹脂)、「YX8100」(ビスフェノールS骨格含有フェノキシ樹脂)、及び「YX6954」(ビスフェノールアセトフェノン骨格含有フェノキシ樹脂)、日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「FX280」及び「FX293」、三菱ケミカル社製の「YX7200B35」、「YX7500BH30」、「YX6954BH30」、「YX7553」、「YX7553BH30」、「YL7769BH30」、「YL6794」、「YL7213」、「YL7290」及び「YL7482」等が挙げられる。
--Phenoxy resin--
Examples of the phenoxy resin include phenoxy resins having one or more skeletons selected from the group consisting of bisphenol A skeleton, bisphenol F skeleton, bisphenol S skeleton, bisphenolacetophenone skeleton, novolac skeleton, biphenyl skeleton, fluorene skeleton, dicyclopentadiene skeleton, norbornene skeleton, naphthalene skeleton, anthracene skeleton, adamantane skeleton, terpene skeleton, and trimethylcyclohexane skeleton. The terminal of the phenoxy resin may be any functional group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or an epoxy group. The phenoxy resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. Specific examples of the phenoxy resin include "1256" and "4250" (both of which are phenoxy resins containing a bisphenol A skeleton), "YX8100" (phenoxy resin containing a bisphenol S skeleton), and "YX6954" (phenoxy resin containing a bisphenol acetophenone skeleton) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "FX280" and "FX293" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd., and "YX7200B35", "YX7500BH30", "YX6954BH30", "YX7553", "YX7553BH30", "YL7769BH30", "YL6794", "YL7213", "YL7290", and "YL7482" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
--ポリイミド樹脂--
ポリイミド樹脂は、イミド構造を有する樹脂を用いることができる。ポリイミド樹脂は、一般に、ジアミン化合物と酸無水物とのイミド化反応、あるいは、ジイソシアネート化合物と酸無水物とのイミド化反応により得ることができる。ポリイミド樹脂の具体例としては、例えば、2官能性ヒドロキシル基末端ポリブタジエン、ジイソシアネート化合物及び四塩基酸無水物を反応させて得られる線状ポリイミド(特開2006-37083号公報記載のポリイミド)、ポリシロキサン骨格含有ポリイミド(特開2002-12667号公報及び特開2000-319386号公報等に記載のポリイミド)等の変性ポリイミドが挙げられる。ポリイミド樹脂は市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、新日本理化社製の「リカコートSN20」及び「リカコートPN20」が挙げられる。
--Polyimide resin--
The polyimide resin may be a resin having an imide structure. The polyimide resin may generally be obtained by an imidization reaction between a diamine compound and an acid anhydride, or an imidization reaction between a diisocyanate compound and an acid anhydride. Specific examples of the polyimide resin include modified polyimides such as linear polyimides (polyimides described in JP-A-2006-37083) obtained by reacting a bifunctional hydroxyl group-terminated polybutadiene, a diisocyanate compound, and a tetrabasic acid anhydride, polysiloxane skeleton-containing polyimides (polyimides described in JP-A-2002-12667 and JP-A-2000-319386, etc.). The polyimide resin may be a commercially available product, such as "Rikacoat SN20" and "Rikacoat PN20" manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.
特に好適なポリイミド樹脂の例を以下に示す。好適な一実施形態において、ポリイミド樹脂は下記式(1)で表される構造単位(以下、「構造単位(1)」ともいう。)を含む。ポリイミド樹脂1分子当たりに含まれる構造単位(1)の数は、1以上であり、特に限定されるものではないが、100以下、50以下、30以下とし得る。 An example of a particularly suitable polyimide resin is shown below. In a preferred embodiment, the polyimide resin contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (1)"). The number of structural units (1) contained per molecule of the polyimide resin is 1 or more, and is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less, 50 or less, or 30 or less.
R1は、下記式(1-1)で表される4価の基であり、
R2は、下記式(1-2)で表される2価の基である。
R 1 is a tetravalent group represented by the following formula (1-1):
R2 is a divalent group represented by the following formula (1-2).
Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を表し、
L11、L12及びL13は、それぞれ独立に、2価の連結基を表し、
nc1は、0以上の整数を表す。)
Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 each independently represent an aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
L 11 , L 12 and L 13 each independently represent a divalent linking group;
nc1 represents an integer of 0 or more.
Ar21、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環を表し、
L21、L22及びL23は、それぞれ独立に、2価の連結基を表し、
nc2は、1以上の整数を表す。)]
Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 each independently represent an aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
L 21 , L 22 and L 23 each independently represent a divalent linking group;
nc2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
式(1-1)中、Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14が表す芳香環(以下、「芳香環C」ともいう。)は、好ましくは炭素原子数6~100、より好ましくは6~50の芳香環であり、さらに好ましくは炭素原子数6~100、さらにより好ましくは6~50の芳香族炭素環である。好適な一実施形態において、式(1-1)中、Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環である。ここで、「芳香環」という用語は、本明細書において、環上のπ電子系に含まれる電子数が4n+2個(nは自然数)であるヒュッケル則に従う環を意味し、単環式の芳香環、及び2個以上の単環式の芳香環が縮合した縮合芳香環を含む。芳香環は、炭素環又は複素環であり得る。芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環等の単環式の芳香環;ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、ベンゾフラン環、イソベンゾフラン環、インドール環、イソインドール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、インダゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、アクリジン環、キナゾリン環、シンノリン環、フタラジン環等の2個以上の単環式の芳香環が縮合した縮合環;インダン環、フルオレン環、テトラリン環等の1個以上の単環式の芳香環に1個以上の単環式の非芳香環が縮合した縮合環等が挙げられる。このうち、炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。 In formula (1-1), the aromatic rings represented by Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 (hereinafter also referred to as "aromatic ring C") are preferably aromatic rings having 6 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 100 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms. In a preferred embodiment, in formula (1-1), Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Here, the term "aromatic ring" as used herein means a ring according to the Huckel rule in which the number of electrons contained in the π electron system on the ring is 4n+2 (n is a natural number), and includes a monocyclic aromatic ring and a fused aromatic ring in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings are fused. The aromatic ring may be a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include monocyclic aromatic rings such as a benzene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring; fused rings in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings are fused, such as a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a benzofuran ring, an isobenzofuran ring, an indole ring, an isoindole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzimidazole ring, an indazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a benzisoxazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, an acridine ring, a quinazoline ring, a cinnoline ring, and a phthalazine ring; and fused rings in which one or more monocyclic aromatic rings are fused to one or more monocyclic non-aromatic rings, such as an indane ring, a fluorene ring, and a tetralin ring. Of these, aromatic carbon rings having 6 to 14 carbon atoms are preferred, with a benzene ring being more preferred.
式(1-1)中、Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14が置換基を有する芳香族環を表す場合、該置換基の数は限定されない。そのような置換基(以下、「置換基S」ともいう。)としては、互いに独立して、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールアルキル基、アリールアルコキシ基、1価の複素環基、アルキリデン基、アミノ基、シリル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基及びオキソ基が挙げられる。 In formula (1-1), when Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 represent an aromatic ring having a substituent, the number of the substituents is not limited. Such substituents (hereinafter also referred to as "substituent S") include, independently of one another, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkyl group, an arylalkoxy group, a monovalent heterocyclic group, an alkylidene group, an amino group, a silyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group and an oxo group.
式(1-1)中、L11、L12及びL13が表す2価の連結基は、好ましくは、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子及び珪素原子から選ばれる1個以上(例えば1~3000個、1~1000個、1~100個、1~50個)の骨格原子からなる2価の基である。2価の連結基の例としては、-SO2-、-CO-、-COO-、-O-、-S-、-O-C6H4-O-(ここで、-C6H4-は、フェニレン基を表す。)、-O-C6H4-C(CH3)2-C6H4-O-、-COO-(CH2)q-OCO-(ここで、qは、1~20の整数を表す。)、-COO-H2C-HC(-O-C(=O)-CH3)-CH2-OCO-、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-NR0-(ここで、R0は、水素原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を表す。)及び-C(=O)-NR0-が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素原子数は好ましくは1~10、より好ましくは1~6、さらに好ましくは1~5又は1~4である。アルケニレン基の炭素原子数は好ましくは2~10、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~5である。アリーレン基の炭素原子数は好ましくは6~20、より好ましくは6~10であり、ヘテロアリーレン基の炭素原子数は好ましくは2~20、より好ましくは3~10、4~10又は5~10である。上述のアルキル基、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。当該置換基としては、上記置換基Sが挙げられる。L11、L12及びL13が表す2価の連結基は、芳香環を含まないことが好ましい。一実施形態において、L11が表す2価の連結基とL13が表す2価の連結基とが互いに同じであり、L11が表す2価の連結基とL12が表す2価の連結基とが互いに異なる。好適な一実施形態において、式(1-1)中、L11及びL13が-O-であり、L12が置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基であり、より好適な一実施形態において、式(1-1)中、Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14が、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環であり、かつ、L11及びL13が-O-であり、L12が置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基である。さらに好適な一実施形態において、式(1-1)中、L11及びL13が-O-であり、L12がジメチルメチレン基である。 In formula (1-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 11 , L 12 and L 13 is preferably a divalent group consisting of one or more (e.g., 1 to 3000, 1 to 1000, 1 to 100, 1 to 50) skeletal atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms and silicon atoms. Examples of the divalent linking group include -SO2- , -CO-, -COO-, -O-, -S-, -O- C6H4 -O- (wherein -C6H4- represents a phenylene group), -O- C6H4 - C( CH3 ) 2 - C6H4 -O-, -COO-( CH2 ) q -OCO- (wherein q represents an integer of 1 to 20), -COO- H2C -HC(-O- C (=O) -CH3 ) -CH2- OCO-, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -NR0- (wherein R 0 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. ) and -C(=O)-NR 0 - are included. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, even more preferably 1 to 5 or 1 to 4. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenylene group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 5. The number of carbon atoms of the arylene group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms of the heteroarylene group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 10, 4 to 10, or 5 to 10. The above-mentioned alkyl group, alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, arylene group, and heteroarylene group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent S. It is preferable that the divalent linking group represented by L 11 , L 12 , and L 13 does not contain an aromatic ring. In one embodiment, the divalent linking group represented by L 11 and the divalent linking group represented by L 13 are the same as each other, and the divalent linking group represented by L 11 and the divalent linking group represented by L 12 are different from each other. In a preferred embodiment, in formula (1-1), L 11 and L 13 are -O-, and L 12 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent, and in a more preferred embodiment, in formula (1-1), Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are each independently an aromatic carbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and L 11 and L 13 are -O-, and L 12 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent. In a further preferred embodiment, in formula (1-1), L 11 and L 13 are -O-, and L 12 is a dimethylmethylene group.
式(1-2)中、Ar21、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24が表す芳香環及び当該芳香環が有していてもよい置換基の例は、それぞれ、芳香環C及び置換基Sと同じである。したがって、好適な一実施形態において、式(1-2)中、Ar21、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24が、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環である。また、好適な一実施形態において、式(1-2)中、L21及びL23が-O-であり、L22が置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基であり、より好適な一実施形態において、式(1-2)中、Ar21、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24が、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環であり、かつ、L21及びL23が-O-であり、L22が置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基である。さらに好適な一実施形態において、式(1-2)中、L21及びL23が-O-であり、L22がジメチルメチレン基である。 In formula (1-2), examples of the aromatic rings represented by Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 and the substituents which the aromatic rings may have are the same as those of the aromatic ring C and the substituent S. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, in formula (1-2), Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. In a preferred embodiment, in formula (1-2), L 21 and L 23 are -O-, and L 22 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent, and in a more preferred embodiment, in formula (1-2), Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 , and Ar 24 are each independently an aromatic carbocycle having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and L 21 and L 23 are -O-, and L 22 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent. In a further preferred embodiment, in formula (1-2), L 21 and L 23 are -O-, and L 22 is a dimethylmethylene group.
特に好適な一実施形態において、式(1-1)中、Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14が、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環であり、かつ、式(1-2)中、Ar21、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24が、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~14の芳香族炭素環である。また、特に好適な一実施形態において、式(1-1)中、L11及びL13が-O-であり、L12が置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基であり、かつ、式(1-2)中、L21及びL23が-O-であり、L22が置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基である。 In a particularly preferred embodiment, in formula (1-1), Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and in formula (1-2), Ar 21 , Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 are each independently an aromatic carbocyclic ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. In a particularly preferred embodiment, in formula (1-1), L 11 and L 13 are -O-, L 12 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent, and in formula (1-2), L 21 and L 23 are -O-, and L 22 is an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
式(1-1)中、nc1は、好ましくは1以上の整数を表す。nc1が表す整数の上限は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば50、40、30又は20とし得る。 In formula (1-1), nc1 preferably represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of the integer represented by nc1 is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 50, 40, 30, or 20.
式(1-2)中、nc2は、好ましくは2以上の整数を表す。nc2が表す整数の上限は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば60、50、40又は30とし得る。 In formula (1-2), nc2 preferably represents an integer of 2 or more. The upper limit of the integer represented by nc2 is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 60, 50, 40, or 30.
構造単位(1)は、例えば公知のポリイミド樹脂の製造方法、典型的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミン化合物とを含むモノマー組成物を重合させてイミド化する方法又はテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジイソシアネート化合物とを含むモノマー組成物を重合させてイミド化する方法にしたがって得ることが可能である。なお、ポリイミド樹脂は、イミド化の進行過程において生じ得るポリアミド酸構造を一部含むことは許容される。 The structural unit (1) can be obtained, for example, by a known method for producing a polyimide resin, typically a method for polymerizing a monomer composition containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound to form an imid, or a method for polymerizing a monomer composition containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diisocyanate compound to form an imid. It is acceptable for the polyimide resin to contain a portion of a polyamic acid structure that may be generated during the imidization process.
構造単位(1)は、例えば、2,2-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン二無水物(下記式(I)で表される化合物;以下、「BPADA」ともいう。)と、4,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス[(1-メチルエチリデン)-4,1-フェニレンオキシ]]ビスベンゼンアミン(下記式(II)で表される化合物;以下、「BPPAN」ともいう。)と、を反応させて得てよい。すなわち、構造単位(1)におけるR1は、BPADAに由来する骨格であり、かつ、R2は、BPPANに由来する骨格である。 The structural unit (1) may be obtained, for example, by reacting 2,2-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]propane dianhydride (a compound represented by the following formula (I); hereinafter, also referred to as "BPADA") with 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis[(1-methylethylidene)-4,1-phenyleneoxy]]bisbenzeneamine (a compound represented by the following formula (II); hereinafter, also referred to as "BPPAN"). That is, in the structural unit (1), R 1 is a skeleton derived from BPADA, and R 2 is a skeleton derived from BPPAN.
また、ポリイミド樹脂は、さらに下記式(2)で表される構造単位(以下、「構造単位(2)」ともいう。)を含んでもよい。したがって、一実施形態において、ポリイミド樹脂は、さらに下記式(2)で表される構造単位を含む。ポリイミド樹脂1分子当たりに含まれる構造単位(2)の数は、0以上であり、特に限定されるものではないが、100以下、50以下、30以下とし得る。 The polyimide resin may further include a structural unit represented by the following formula (2) (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (2)"). Thus, in one embodiment, the polyimide resin further includes a structural unit represented by the following formula (2). The number of structural units (2) contained per molecule of the polyimide resin is 0 or more, and is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less, 50 or less, or 30 or less.
R3は、置換基を有していてもよい4価の脂肪族基又は置換基を有していてもよい4価の芳香族基を表し、
R4は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す。但し、R3がR1と同じ場合、R4はR2とは異なり、R4がR2と同じ場合、R3はR1とは異なる。)
R3 represents a tetravalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent or a tetravalent aromatic group which may have a substituent;
R4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. However, when R3 is the same as R1 , R4 is different from R2 , and when R4 is the same as R2 , R3 is different from R1 .
式(2)中、R3が表す4価の脂肪族基は、少なくとも炭素原子を含み、好ましくは、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子及び珪素原子から選ばれる1個以上(例えば1~3000個、1~1000個、1~100個、1~50個)の骨格原子からなる4価の基である。式(2)中、R3が表す4価の脂肪族基は、より好ましくは炭素原子数1~100、さらに好ましくは1~50の4価の脂肪族基である。式(2)中、R3が置換基を有する4価の脂肪族基を表す場合、当該置換基の例は、置換基Sの例と同じである。 In formula (2), the tetravalent aliphatic group represented by R 3 contains at least a carbon atom, and is preferably a tetravalent group consisting of one or more (e.g., 1 to 3000, 1 to 1000, 1 to 100, 1 to 50) skeletal atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and silicon atoms. In formula (2), the tetravalent aliphatic group represented by R 3 is more preferably a tetravalent aliphatic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 50 carbon atoms. In formula (2), when R 3 represents a tetravalent aliphatic group having a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S.
式(2)中、R3が表す4価の芳香族基は、好ましくは炭素原子数6~100、より好ましくは6~50の4価の芳香族基である。芳香族基は、少なくとも芳香環を含む。芳香族基に含まれる芳香環の例は、式(1-1)中、Ar11、Ar12、Ar13及びAr14が表す芳香環の例と同じである。式(2)中、R3が置換基を有する4価の芳香族基を表す場合、当該置換基の例は、置換基Sの例と同じである。 In formula (2), the tetravalent aromatic group represented by R 3 is preferably a tetravalent aromatic group having 6 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms. The aromatic group contains at least an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the aromatic group are the same as the examples of the aromatic ring represented by Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 13 and Ar 14 in formula (1-1). In formula (2), when R 3 represents a tetravalent aromatic group having a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S.
R3が表す4価の芳香族基としては、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物から2つの酸無水物基を除いた基が挙げられる。置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例を挙げると、BPADA、ピロメリット酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物及び3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。 The tetravalent aromatic group represented by R3 may be a group obtained by removing two acid anhydride groups from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Specific examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aromatic group which may have a substituent include BPADA, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
式(2)中、R4が表す2価の脂肪族基は、少なくとも炭素原子を含み、好ましくは、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子及び珪素原子から選ばれる1個以上(例えば1~3000個、1~1000個、1~100個、1~50個)の骨格原子からなる2価の基である。式(2)中、R4が表す2価の脂肪族基は、より好ましくは炭素原子数1~100、さらに好ましくは1~50の2価の脂肪族基である。式(2)中、R4が置換基を有する2価の脂肪族基を表す場合、当該置換基の例は、置換基Sの例と同じであり、例えば、炭素数1~6のアルキル基である。したがって一実施形態において、R4は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族基であり、当該置換基の1つが、炭素数1~6のアルキル基である。また一実施形態において、R4が、置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族基であり、かつ、イソホロンジアミンから2つのアミノ基を除いた2価の基である。 In formula (2), the divalent aliphatic group represented by R 4 contains at least a carbon atom, and is preferably a divalent group consisting of one or more (e.g., 1 to 3000, 1 to 1000, 1 to 100, 1 to 50) skeletal atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and silicon atoms. In formula (2), the divalent aliphatic group represented by R 4 is more preferably a divalent aliphatic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 50 carbon atoms. In formula (2), when R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group having a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S, and are, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Therefore, in one embodiment, R 4 is a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, and one of the substituents is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, R 4 is a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, and is a divalent group obtained by removing two amino groups from isophoronediamine.
R4が置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族基を表す場合、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ヘキサンジアミン、1,7-ヘプタンジアミン、1,8-オクタンジアミン、1,9-ノナンジアミン、1,10-デカンジアミン、1,11-ウンデカンジアミン、1,12-ドデカンジアミンから選択される、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖型脂肪族基を有するジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた基であってもよい。 When R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having a linear aliphatic group which may have a substituent, selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,7-heptanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,10-decanediamine, 1,11-undecanediamine, and 1,12-dodecanediamine.
R4が置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族基を表す場合、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,2-ジアミノ-2-メチルプロパン、1,3-ジアミノ-2-メチルプロパン、1,3-ジアミノ-2,2-ジメチルプロパン、1,3-ジアミノペンタン、1,5-ジアミノ-2-メチルペンタンから選択される、置換基を有していてもよい分岐型脂肪族基を有するジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた基であってもよい。 When R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having a branched aliphatic group which may have a substituent selected from 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,2-diamino-2-methylpropane, 1,3-diamino-2-methylpropane, 1,3-diamino-2,2-dimethylpropane, 1,3-diaminopentane, and 1,5-diamino-2-methylpentane.
R4が置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族基を表す場合、5-アミノ-1,3,3-トリメチルシクロヘキサンメチルアミン(イソホロンジアミン)、1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,3-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,4-シクロヘキサンビス(メチルアミン)、1,3-シクロヘキサンビス(メチルアミン)、4,4’-ジアミノジシクロヘキシルメタン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-メチルシクロヘキシル)メタン、3(4),8(9)-ビス(アミノメチル)トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、2,5(6)-ビス(アミノメチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン、1,3-ジアミノアダマンタン、3,3’-ジアミノ-1,1’-ビアダマンチル及び1,6-ジアミノアダマンタンから選択される、置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族基を有するジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた基であってもよい。これらジアミン化合物は、その脂肪族基が脂環式炭素環を含むことに特徴がある。 When R 4 represents a divalent aliphatic group which may have a substituent, it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having an aliphatic group which may have a substituent selected from 5-amino-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexanemethylamine (isophoronediamine), 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-cyclohexanebis(methylamine), 1,3-cyclohexanebis(methylamine), 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, bis(4-amino-3-methylcyclohexyl)methane, 3(4),8(9)-bis(aminomethyl)tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane, 2,5(6)-bis(aminomethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 1,3-diaminoadamantane, 3,3'-diamino-1,1'-biadamantyl, and 1,6-diaminoadamantane. These diamine compounds are characterized in that the aliphatic groups contain alicyclic carbon rings.
式(2)中、R4が表す2価の芳香族基は、好ましくは炭素原子数6~100、より好ましくは6~50の2価の芳香族基である。芳香族基は、少なくとも芳香環を含む。芳香族基に含まれる芳香環の例は、芳香環Cの例と同じである。式(2)中、R4が置換基を有する2価の芳香族基を表す場合、当該置換基の例は、置換基Sの例と同じである。 In formula (2), the divalent aromatic group represented by R 4 is preferably a divalent aromatic group having 6 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 50 carbon atoms. The aromatic group contains at least an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the aromatic group are the same as the examples of the aromatic ring C. In formula (2), when R 4 represents a divalent aromatic group having a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as the examples of the substituent S.
R4が、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す場合、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-フェニレンジアミン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパンから選択される、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基を有するジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた基であってもよい。 When R4 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent, it may be a group obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine compound having an aromatic group which may have a substituent selected from 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-phenylenediamine, and 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane.
但し、R3がR1と同じ場合、R4はR2とは異なり、R4がR2と同じ場合、R3はR1とは異なる。一実施形態において、R3はR1と同じである。 With the proviso that when R3 is the same as R1 , R4 is different from R2 , and when R4 is the same as R2 , R3 is different from R1 . In one embodiment, R3 is the same as R1 .
上述した構造単位(2)は、例えば、公知のポリイミド樹脂の製造方法にしたがって得ることが可能である。構造単位(2)は、例えば、BPADAと、イソホロンジアミンとを反応させることによって得ることが可能である。すなわち、斯かる構造単位(2)におけるR3は、BPADAに由来する骨格であり、かつ、R4は、イソホロンジアミンに由来する骨格である。R3がR1と同じである場合、R3及びR1は、BPADAに由来する骨格である。 The above-mentioned structural unit (2) can be obtained, for example, according to a known method for producing a polyimide resin. The structural unit (2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting BPADA with isophoronediamine. That is, R3 in the structural unit (2) is a skeleton derived from BPADA, and R4 is a skeleton derived from isophoronediamine. When R3 is the same as R1 , R3 and R1 are skeletons derived from BPADA.
ポリイミド樹脂の末端構造は特に限定されない。例えば、ポリイミド樹脂の末端構造は、その原料化合物(例えばBPADA等の酸、BPPAN等のアミン化合物)由来の酸無水物基又はカルボキシル基やアミノ基であってもよい。原料化合物にマレイン酸無水物がさらに含まれる場合、ポリイミド樹脂の末端構造はマレイミド基であってもよい。 The terminal structure of the polyimide resin is not particularly limited. For example, the terminal structure of the polyimide resin may be an acid anhydride group derived from the raw material compound (e.g., an acid such as BPADA, or an amine compound such as BPPAN), or a carboxyl group or an amino group. If the raw material compound further contains maleic anhydride, the terminal structure of the polyimide resin may be a maleimide group.
ポリイミド樹脂のガラス転移温度Tg(℃)は、好ましくは140℃以上、より好ましくは145℃以上、さらに好ましくは150℃以上、160℃以上又は170℃以上である。上限は特に限定されないが、300℃以下等とし得る。ポリイミド樹脂のガラス転移温度Tg(℃)は、熱機械分析(TMA)法により測定することができる。 The glass transition temperature Tg (°C) of the polyimide resin is preferably 140°C or higher, more preferably 145°C or higher, and even more preferably 150°C or higher, 160°C or higher, or 170°C or higher. There is no particular upper limit, but it can be 300°C or lower, for example. The glass transition temperature Tg (°C) of the polyimide resin can be measured by thermomechanical analysis (TMA).
ポリイミド樹脂における構造単位(1)の含有割合は、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、さらに好ましくは20質量%以上、30質量%以上又は40質量%以上である。該含有割合の上限は、例えば、98質量%以下、95質量%以下、90質量%以下又は85質量%以下とし得る。ここで、構造単位(1)の含有割合(質量百分率)は、ポリイミド樹脂の合成に用いた各材料の仕込み量(質量部)の割合から算出することができ、これに代えて、ポリイミド樹脂の分子量と、構造単位(1)の式量とを特定し、構造単位(1)の式量の分子量に対する割合として算出してもよい。ポリイミド樹脂が重合体である場合には、重合度から推定される構造単位(1)の含有割合が前記の範囲内となることが好ましい。 The content of the structural unit (1) in the polyimide resin is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, or 40% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content may be, for example, 98% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, or 85% by mass or less. Here, the content (mass percentage) of the structural unit (1) can be calculated from the ratio of the amounts (parts by mass) of each material used in the synthesis of the polyimide resin. Alternatively, the molecular weight of the polyimide resin and the formula weight of the structural unit (1) may be specified, and the content may be calculated as the ratio of the formula weight of the structural unit (1) to the molecular weight. When the polyimide resin is a polymer, it is preferable that the content of the structural unit (1) estimated from the degree of polymerization is within the above range.
ポリイミド樹脂がさらに構造単位(2)を含む樹脂である場合、当該構造単位(2)の含有割合は、0質量%(すなわち構造単位(2)不含)であってよく、本発明の効果を阻害しない限りその上限は限定されない。ポリイミド樹脂における構造単位(2)の含有割合は、例えば、1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上又は30質量%以上、95質量%以下、90質量%以下、80質量%以下、70質量%以下又は60質量%以下とし得る。ここで、構造単位(2)の含有割合は、構造単位(1)の含有割合と同様に算出される。 When the polyimide resin further contains the structural unit (2), the content of the structural unit (2) may be 0% by mass (i.e., no structural unit (2)), and there is no upper limit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. The content of the structural unit (2) in the polyimide resin may be, for example, 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more, and 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, or 60% by mass or less. Here, the content of the structural unit (2) is calculated in the same manner as the content of the structural unit (1).
ポリイミド樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上であり、好ましくは1,00~10,000、より好ましくは1,000~5,000である。樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により、ポリスチレン換算の値として測定できる。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide resin is 1,000 or more, preferably 1.00 to 10,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 5,000. The weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
--ポリビニルアセタール樹脂--
ポリビニルアセタール樹脂としては、例えば、ポリビニルホルマール樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂が挙げられ、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂が好ましい。ポリビニルアセタール樹脂の具体例としては、例えば、積水化学工業社製のエスレックBHシリーズ、BXシリーズ(例えばBX-5Z)、KSシリーズ(例えばKS-1)、BLシリーズ、BMシリーズ等が挙げられる。
--Polyvinyl acetal resin--
Examples of polyvinyl acetal resins include polyvinyl formal resins and polyvinyl butyral resins, with polyvinyl butyral resins being preferred. Specific examples of polyvinyl acetal resins include S-LEC BH series, BX series (e.g., BX-5Z), KS series (e.g., KS-1), BL series, and BM series manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.
--アクリル樹脂--
アクリル樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系モノマーを含むモノマー成分を重合してなる重合体を意味する。アクリル樹脂を構成するモノマー成分には、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系モノマーに加えて、(メタ)アクリルアミド系モノマー、スチレン系モノマー、官能基含有モノマー等が共重合成分として含まれていてもよい。アクリル樹脂の具体例としては、東亜合成社製の「ARUFON UP-1000」、「ARUFON UP-1010」、「ARUFON UP-1020」、「ARUFON UP-1021」、「ARUFON UP-1061」、「ARUFON UP-1080」、「ARUFON UP-1110」、「ARUFON UP-1170」、「ARUFON UP-1190」、「ARUFON UP-1500」、「ARUFON UH-2000」、「ARUFON UH-2041」、「ARUFON UH-2190」、「ARUFON UHE-2012」、「ARUFON UC-3510」、「ARUFON UG-4010」、「ARUFON US-6100」、「ARUFON US-6170」などが挙げられる。これらは、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
--Acrylic resin--
The acrylic resin refers to a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component including a (meth)acrylic acid ester monomer. The monomer components constituting the acrylic resin may contain, in addition to the (meth)acrylic acid ester monomer, a (meth)acrylamide monomer, a styrene monomer, a functional group-containing monomer, or the like as copolymerization components. Specific examples of acrylic resins include "ARUFON UP-1000", "ARUFON UP-1010", "ARUFON UP-1020", "ARUFON UP-1021", "ARUFON UP-1061", "ARUFON UP-1080", "ARUFON UP-1110", "ARUFON UP-1170", "ARUFON UP-1190", "ARUFON UP-1500", "ARUFON UH-2000", "ARUFON UH-2041", "ARUFON UH-2190", "ARUFON UHE-2012", "ARUFON UC-3510", and "ARUFON UP-1021", all manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. UG-4010", "ARUFON US-6100", "ARUFON US-6170", etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
--ポリオレフィン樹脂--
ポリオレフィン樹脂としては、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレン、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-アクリル酸エチル共重合体、エチレン-アクリル酸メチル共重合体等のエチレン系共重合樹脂;ポリプロピレン、エチレン-プロピレンブロック共重合体等のポリオレフィン系エラストマー等が挙げられる。
--Polyolefin resin--
Examples of polyolefin resins include ethylene-based copolymer resins such as low-density polyethylene, very low-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, and ethylene-methyl acrylate copolymer; and polyolefin-based elastomers such as polypropylene and ethylene-propylene block copolymer.
--ポリブタジエン樹脂--
ポリブタジエン樹脂としては、例えば、水素化ポリブタジエン骨格含有樹脂、ヒドロキシ基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、フェノール性水酸基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、カルボキシ基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、酸無水物基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、エポキシ基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、イソシアネート基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、ウレタン基含有ポリブタジエン樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル-ポリブタジエン樹脂等が挙げられる。
--Polybutadiene resin--
Examples of polybutadiene resins include hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton-containing resins, hydroxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, phenolic hydroxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, carboxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, acid anhydride group-containing polybutadiene resins, epoxy group-containing polybutadiene resins, isocyanate group-containing polybutadiene resins, urethane group-containing polybutadiene resins, polyphenylene ether-polybutadiene resins, and the like.
--ポリアミドイミド樹脂--
ポリアミドイミド樹脂の具体例としては、東洋紡績社製の「バイロマックスHR11NN」及び「バイロマックスHR16NN」が挙げられる。ポリアミドイミド樹脂の具体例としてはまた、レゾナック社製の「KS9100」、「KS9300」(ポリシロキサン骨格含有ポリアミドイミド)等の変性ポリアミドイミドが挙げられる。
--Polyamide-imide resin--
Specific examples of polyamide-imide resins include "Viromax HR11NN" and "Viromax HR16NN" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. Specific examples of polyamide-imide resins also include modified polyamide-imides such as "KS9100" and "KS9300" (polysiloxane skeleton-containing polyamide-imide) manufactured by Resonac Corporation.
--ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂--
ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂の具体例としては、住友化学社製の「PES5003P」等が挙げられる。
--Polyethersulfone resin--
A specific example of the polyethersulfone resin is "PES5003P" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
--ポリスルホン樹脂--
ポリスルホン樹脂の具体例としては、ソルベイアドバンストポリマーズ社製のポリスルホン「P1700」、「P3500」等が挙げられる。
--Polysulfone resin--
Specific examples of polysulfone resins include polysulfones "P1700" and "P3500" manufactured by Solvay Advanced Polymers.
--ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂--
ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂の具体例としては、SABIC製「Noryl(登録商標)SA90」等が挙げられる。ポリエーテルイミド樹脂の具体例としては、GE社製の「ウルテム」等が挙げられる。
--Polyphenylene ether resin--
A specific example of the polyphenylene ether resin is Noryl (registered trademark) SA90 manufactured by SABIC, etc. A specific example of the polyetherimide resin is Ultem manufactured by GE, etc.
--ポリカーボネート樹脂--
ポリカーボネート樹脂としては、ヒドロキシ基含有カーボネート樹脂、フェノール性水酸基含有カーボネート樹脂、カルボキシ基含有カーボネート樹脂、酸無水物基含有カーボネート樹脂、イソシアネート基含有カーボネート樹脂、ウレタン基含有カーボネート樹脂等が挙げられる。ポリカーボネート樹脂の具体例としては、三菱ガス化学社製の「FPC0220」、旭化成社製の「T6002」、「T6001」(ポリカーボネートジオール)、クラレ社製の「C-1090」、「C-2090」、「C-3090」(ポリカーボネートジオール)等が挙げられる。ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂の具体例としては、住友化学社製の「スミプロイK」等が挙げられる。ポリエステル樹脂としては、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂等が挙げられる。
--Polycarbonate resin--
Examples of polycarbonate resins include hydroxyl group-containing carbonate resins, phenolic hydroxyl group-containing carbonate resins, carboxyl group-containing carbonate resins, acid anhydride group-containing carbonate resins, isocyanate group-containing carbonate resins, and urethane group-containing carbonate resins. Specific examples of polycarbonate resins include Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company's "FPC0220," Asahi Kasei's "T6002" and "T6001" (polycarbonate diols), and Kuraray's "C-1090,""C-2090," and "C-3090" (polycarbonate diols). Specific examples of polyether ether ketone resins include Sumitomo Chemical's "Sumiploy K." Examples of polyester resins include polyethylene terephthalate resins.
熱可塑性樹脂の重量平均分子量は、別途明示のない限り、好ましくは5,000以上、より好ましくは8,000以上、さらに好ましくは10,000以上、15,000以上又は20,000以上であり、好ましくは200,000以下、より好ましくは150,000以下又は100,000以下、さらに好ましくは80,000以下又は60,000以下である。熱可塑性樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により、ポリスチレン換算の値として測定できる。 Unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, even more preferably 10,000 or more, 15,000 or more, or 20,000 or more, and is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, or 100,000 or less, even more preferably 80,000 or less, or 60,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層が熱可塑性樹脂を含む場合、樹脂組成物層中の熱可塑性樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物層中の樹脂成分を100質量%としたとき、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易く、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、好ましくは0.1質量%以上、0.3質量%以上又は0.5質量%以上である。熱可塑性樹脂の含有量の上限は、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは10質量%以下、より好ましくは8質量%以下、さらに好ましくは6質量%以下又は5質量%以下である。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, when the resin composition layer contains a thermoplastic resin, the content of the thermoplastic resin in the resin composition layer is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, 0.3% by mass or more, or 0.5% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition layer is taken as 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes. The upper limit of the thermoplastic resin content is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, and even more preferably 6% by mass or less or 5% by mass or less.
-ラジカル重合性樹脂-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層はラジカル重合性樹脂を含んでもよい。
-Radical polymerizable resin-
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may contain a radical polymerizable resin.
ラジカル重合性樹脂としては、1分子中に1個以上(好ましくは2個以上)のラジカル重合性不飽和基を有する限り、その種類は特に限定されない。ラジカル重合性樹脂としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性不飽和基として、マレイミド基、ビニル基、アリル基、スチリル基、ビニルフェニル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、フマロイル基、及びマレオイル基から選ばれる1種以上を有する樹脂が挙げられる。中でも、表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、さらにはデスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる観点から、ラジカル重合性樹脂は、マレイミド樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂及びスチリル樹脂から選ばれる1種以上を含むことが好ましい。 The type of radical polymerizable resin is not particularly limited, so long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) radical polymerizable unsaturated groups in one molecule. Examples of radical polymerizable resins include resins having one or more radical polymerizable unsaturated groups selected from maleimide groups, vinyl groups, allyl groups, styryl groups, vinylphenyl groups, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, fumaroyl groups, and maleoyl groups. Among them, from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, and further from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after desmearing, it is preferable that the radical polymerizable resin contains one or more selected from maleimide resins, (meth)acrylic resins, and styryl resins.
マレイミド樹脂としては、1分子中に1個以上(好ましくは2個以上)のマレイミド基(2,5-ジヒドロ-2,5-ジオキソ-1H-ピロール-1-イル基)を有する限り、その種類は特に限定されない。マレイミド樹脂としては、例えば、(1)「BMI-3000J」、「BMI-5000」、「BMI-1400」、「BMI-1500」、「BMI-1700」、「BMI-689」(いずれもDesigner Molecules Inc.社製)、「SLK6895-T90」(信越化学工業社製)などの、脂肪族骨格(好ましくはダイマージアミン由来の炭素原子数36の脂肪族骨格)を含むマレイミド樹脂;(2)発明協会公開技報公技番号2020-500211号に記載される、インダン骨格を含むマレイミド樹脂;(3)「MIR-3000-70MT」(日本化薬社製)、「BMI-4000」(大和化成社製)、「BMI-80」(ケイアイ化成社製)などの、マレイミド基の窒素原子と直接結合している芳香環骨格を含むマレイミド樹脂が挙げられる。 The type of maleimide resin is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) maleimide groups (2,5-dihydro-2,5-dioxo-1H-pyrrol-1-yl groups) in one molecule. Examples of maleimide resins include (1) "BMI-3000J", "BMI-5000", "BMI-1400", "BMI-1500", "BMI-1700", "BMI-689" (all manufactured by Designer Molecules Inc.), and "SLK6895-T90" (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), which have an aliphatic skeleton (preferably an aliphatic compound having 36 carbon atoms derived from dimer diamine). skeleton); (2) maleimide resins containing an indane skeleton, as described in the Japan Institute of Invention and Innovation's Technical Journal No. 2020-500211; (3) maleimide resins containing an aromatic ring skeleton directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group, such as "MIR-3000-70MT" (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), "BMI-4000" (manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.), and "BMI-80" (manufactured by Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.).
(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、1分子中に1個以上(好ましくは2個以上)の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する限り、その種類は特に限定されず、モノマー、オリゴマーであってもよい。ここで、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」という用語は、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の総称である。メタクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリレートモノマーのほか、例えば、「A-DOG」(新中村化学工業社製)、「DCP-A」(共栄社化学社製)、「NPDGA」、「FM-400」、「R-687」、「THE-330」、「PET-30」、「DPHA」(何れも日本化薬社製)などの、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。 The (meth)acrylic resin may be a monomer or an oligomer, and is not particularly limited in type, so long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule. Here, the term "(meth)acryloyl group" is a general term for acryloyl and methacryloyl groups. Examples of methacrylic resins include (meth)acrylate monomers, as well as (meth)acrylic resins such as "A-DOG" (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), "DCP-A" (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), "NPDGA", "FM-400", "R-687", "THE-330", "PET-30", and "DPHA" (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
スチリル樹脂としては、1分子中に1個以上(好ましくは2個以上)のスチリル基又はビニルフェニル基を有する限り、その種類は特に限定されず、モノマー、オリゴマーであってもよい。スチリル樹脂としては、スチレンモノマーのほか、例えば、「OPE-2St」、「OPE-2St 1200」、「OPE-2St 2200」(何れも三菱ガス化学社製)などの、スチリル樹脂が挙げられる。 The type of styryl resin is not particularly limited, and may be a monomer or oligomer, so long as it has one or more (preferably two or more) styryl groups or vinylphenyl groups in one molecule. Examples of styryl resins include styrene monomers, as well as styryl resins such as "OPE-2St", "OPE-2St 1200", and "OPE-2St 2200" (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.).
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層がラジカル重合性樹脂を含む場合、樹脂組成物層中のラジカル重合性樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは2質量%以上、より好ましくは4質量%以上、さらに好ましくは5質量%以上、6質量%以上、8質量%以上又は10質量%以上であり、例えば12質量%以上、14質量%以上又は15質量%以上に高めてもよい。該含有量の上限は、特に限定されず、樹脂組成物に要求される特性に応じて決定してよいが、例えば、60質量%以下、50質量%以下又は40質量%以下などとし得る。 In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, when the resin composition layer contains a radically polymerizable resin, the content of the radically polymerizable resin in the resin composition layer is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 4% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more, 6% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, or 10% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition is taken as 100% by mass, and may be increased to, for example, 12% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, or 15% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be determined depending on the properties required of the resin composition, but may be, for example, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, or 40% by mass or less.
表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、さらにはデスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる観点から、本発明の多層樹脂シートを構成する樹脂組成物層のうち、第1樹脂組成物層は、ラジカル重合性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。したがって好適な一実施形態において、第1樹脂組成物層はラジカル重合性樹脂を含む。 From the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, and further from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after desmearing, it is preferable that the first resin composition layer of the resin composition layers constituting the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention contains a radical polymerizable resin. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the first resin composition layer contains a radical polymerizable resin.
-硬化促進剤-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤を含むことにより、硬化時間及び硬化温度を効率的に調整することができる。
- Hardening accelerator -
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may contain a curing accelerator, which makes it possible to efficiently adjust the curing time and the curing temperature.
硬化促進剤としては、例えば、「TPP」、「TPP-K」、「TPP-S」、「TPTP-S」(北興化学工業社製)などの有機ホスフィン化合物;「キュアゾール2MZ」、「2P4MZ」、「2E4MZ」、「Cl1Z」、「Cl1Z-CN」、「Cl1Z-CNS」、「Cl1Z-A」、「2MZ-OK」、「2MA-OK」、「2PHZ」(四国化成工業社製)などのイミダゾール化合物;ノバキュア(旭化成工業社製)、フジキュア(富士化成工業社製)などのアミンアダクト化合物;1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]ウンデセン-7,4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、2,4,6-トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール、4-ジメチルアミノピリジンなどのアミン化合物;コバルト、銅、亜鉛、鉄、ニッケル、マンガン、スズ等の有機金属錯体又は有機金属塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of the curing accelerator include organic phosphine compounds such as "TPP", "TPP-K", "TPP-S" and "TPTP-S" (manufactured by Hokko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); imidazole compounds such as "Curesol 2MZ", "2P4MZ", "2E4MZ", "Cl1Z", "Cl1Z-CN", "Cl1Z-CNS", "Cl1Z-A", "2MZ-OK", "2MA-OK" and "2PHZ" (manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); amine adduct compounds such as Novacure (manufactured by Asahi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and Fujicure (manufactured by Fuji Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); amine compounds such as 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undecene-7,4-dimethylaminopyridine, benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6-tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol and 4-dimethylaminopyridine; and organometallic complexes or organometallic salts of cobalt, copper, zinc, iron, nickel, manganese, tin, etc.
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて樹脂組成物層が硬化促進剤を含む場合、樹脂組成物層中の硬化促進剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%としたとき、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、好ましくは12質量%以下、より好ましくは10質量%以下、8質量%以下、6質量%以下又は5質量%以下であり、下限は、0.001質量%以上、0.01質量%以上、0.05質量%以上などとし得る。 When the resin composition layer in the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention contains a curing accelerator, the content of the curing accelerator in the resin composition layer is preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less, when the resin component in the resin composition is taken as 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, and the lower limit can be 0.001% by mass or more, 0.01% by mass or more, 0.05% by mass or more, etc.
表面の平滑性がいっそう良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらす観点から、さらにはデスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる観点から、第1樹脂組成物層中の樹脂成分100質量%に対する硬化促進剤の含有量A1(質量%)と、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層中の樹脂成分100質量%に対する硬化促進剤の含有量A2(質量%)とは、A1>A2の関係を満たすことが好ましい。A1とA2の差(A1-A2)は、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは2質量%以上、3質量%以上、又は4質量%以上である。 From the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with better surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, and further from the viewpoint of providing an insulating layer with little change in film thickness before and after desmearing, it is preferable that the content A1 (mass %) of the curing accelerator relative to 100 mass % of the resin components in the first resin composition layer and the content A2 (mass %) of the curing accelerator relative to 100 mass % of the resin components in the layers other than the first resin composition layer satisfy the relationship A1>A2. The difference between A1 and A2 (A1-A2) is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, 3 mass % or more, or 4 mass % or more.
-任意の添加剤-
本発明の多層樹脂シートにおいて、樹脂組成物層は、さらに任意の添加剤を含んでもよい。このような添加剤としては、例えば、ゴム粒子等の有機充填材;過酸化物系ラジカル重合開始剤、アゾ系ラジカル重合開始剤等のラジカル重合開始剤;有機銅化合物、有機亜鉛化合物、有機コバルト化合物等の有機金属化合物;フタロシアニンブルー、フタロシアニングリーン、アイオディングリーン、ジアゾイエロー、クリスタルバイオレット、酸化チタン、カーボンブラック等の着色剤;ハイドロキノン、カテコール、ピロガロール、フェノチアジン等の重合禁止剤;シリコーン系レベリング剤、アクリルポリマー系レベリング剤等のレベリング剤;ベントン、モンモリロナイト等の増粘剤;シリコーン系消泡剤、アクリル系消泡剤、フッ素系消泡剤、ビニル樹脂系消泡剤等の消泡剤;ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤等の紫外線吸収剤;尿素シラン等の接着性向上剤;トリアゾール系密着性付与剤、テトラゾール系密着性付与剤、トリアジン系密着性付与剤等の密着性付与剤;ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤等の酸化防止剤;スチルベン誘導体等の蛍光増白剤;フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤等の界面活性剤;リン系難燃剤(例えばリン酸エステル化合物、ホスファゼン化合物、ホスフィン酸化合物、赤リン)、窒素系難燃剤(例えば硫酸メラミン)、ハロゲン系難燃剤、無機系難燃剤(例えば三酸化アンチモン)等の難燃剤;リン酸エステル系分散剤、ポリオキシアルキレン系分散剤、アセチレン系分散剤、シリコーン系分散剤、アニオン性分散剤、カチオン性分散剤等の分散剤;ボレート系安定剤、チタネート系安定剤、アルミネート系安定剤、ジルコネート系安定剤、イソシアネート系安定剤、カルボン酸系安定剤、カルボン酸無水物系安定剤等の安定剤等が挙げられる。斯かる添加剤の含有量は、多層樹脂シートに要求される特性に応じて決定してよい。
-Optional Additives-
In the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, the resin composition layer may further contain any additive. Examples of such additives include organic fillers such as rubber particles; radical polymerization initiators such as peroxide radical polymerization initiators and azo radical polymerization initiators; organometallic compounds such as organic copper compounds, organic zinc compounds, and organic cobalt compounds; colorants such as phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, iodine green, diazo yellow, crystal violet, titanium oxide, and carbon black; polymerization inhibitors such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, and phenothiazine; leveling agents such as silicone leveling agents and acrylic polymer leveling agents; thickeners such as bentone and montmorillonite; defoamers such as silicone defoamers, acrylic defoamers, fluorine defoamers, and vinyl resin defoamers; ultraviolet absorbers such as benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers; adhesion improvers such as urea silane; and triazole adhesion imparting agents. Adhesion imparting agents such as tetrazole adhesion imparting agents and triazine adhesion imparting agents; antioxidants such as hindered phenol antioxidants; fluorescent brightening agents such as stilbene derivatives; surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants and silicone-based surfactants; flame retardants such as phosphorus-based flame retardants (e.g., phosphate ester compounds, phosphazene compounds, phosphinic acid compounds, red phosphorus), nitrogen-based flame retardants (e.g., melamine sulfate), halogen-based flame retardants, and inorganic flame retardants (e.g., antimony trioxide); dispersants such as phosphate ester dispersants, polyoxyalkylene dispersants, acetylene dispersants, silicone-based dispersants, anionic dispersants, and cationic dispersants; stabilizers such as borate-based stabilizers, titanate-based stabilizers, aluminate-based stabilizers, zirconate-based stabilizers, isocyanate-based stabilizers, carboxylic acid-based stabilizers, and carboxylic anhydride-based stabilizers. The content of such additives may be determined according to the properties required for the multilayer resin sheet.
-多層樹脂シートの製造方法-
本発明の多層樹脂シートの製造方法は、2層以上の樹脂組成物層が互いに積層された構造を実現できる限りにおいて特に限定されず、当業者に公知の方法を使用してよい。例えば、(i)押出機を用いて、樹脂組成物を溶融混練し、押出した後、Tダイ又はサーキュラーダイ等により、フィルム状に成形する押出成形法、(ii)樹脂組成物を溶剤に溶解又は分散させた後、キャスティングしてフィルム状に成形するキャスティング成形法、並びに(iii)従来公知のその他のフィルム成形法等が挙げられる。中でも、薄型化に対応可能であることから、押出成形法又はキャスティング成形法が好ましい。本発明の多層樹脂シートは、互いに積層された2層以上の樹脂組成物層を含む。2層以上の樹脂組成物層を互いに積層して多層樹脂シートを形成する方法としては、例えば(1)塗工や押出の際に同時もしくは逐次に樹脂組成物層を形成して多層樹脂シートを形成する方法、(2)それぞれ別に用意した2つ以上の樹脂組成物層を熱ロールラミネーター等で貼り合わせて多層樹脂シートを形成する方法、(3)キャスティング成形時に樹脂シートにおける各成分の含有量に差異を生じさせ、実質的に1つの樹脂シートにおいて多層構造を有する樹脂シートを形成する方法、並びに(4)従来公知のその他の多層樹脂シート形成法等が挙げられる。
-Method for manufacturing multi-layer resin sheet-
The method for producing the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can realize a structure in which two or more resin composition layers are laminated on each other, and a method known to those skilled in the art may be used. For example, (i) an extrusion molding method in which a resin composition is melt-kneaded using an extruder, extruded, and then molded into a film shape using a T-die or a circular die, (ii) a casting molding method in which a resin composition is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, and then cast to mold into a film shape, and (iii) other conventionally known film molding methods, etc. are included. Among them, the extrusion molding method or the casting molding method is preferred because it can be made thin. The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention includes two or more resin composition layers laminated on each other. Examples of methods for forming a multilayer resin sheet by laminating two or more resin composition layers on top of each other include (1) a method for forming a multilayer resin sheet by simultaneously or sequentially forming resin composition layers during coating or extrusion, (2) a method for forming a multilayer resin sheet by laminating two or more resin composition layers that are separately prepared with a heat roll laminator or the like, (3) a method for forming a resin sheet having a multilayer structure in a single resin sheet by causing a difference in the content of each component in the resin sheet during casting molding, and (4) other conventionally known methods for forming a multilayer resin sheet.
以下、2層の樹脂組成物層、すなわち第1樹脂組成物層と第2の樹脂組成物層を備える多層樹脂シートを製造する方法について好適な一例を示す。 Below, a suitable example of a method for producing a multilayer resin sheet having two resin composition layers, i.e., a first resin composition layer and a second resin composition layer, is described.
一実施形態において、多層樹脂シートの製造方法は、
(A1)支持体と、該支持体と接合している第1樹脂組成物層とを含む支持体付き樹脂シートを用意する工程、及び
(B1)第1樹脂組成物層上に第2の樹脂組成物を塗布し、塗布膜を乾燥して第2の樹脂組成物層を設ける工程
を含む(以下、斯かる塗工による積層の実施形態を「第1実施形態」ともいう。)。
In one embodiment, a method for producing a multilayer resin sheet includes the steps of:
(A1) a step of preparing a support-attached resin sheet including a support and a first resin composition layer bonded to the support; and (B1) a step of applying a second resin composition onto the first resin composition layer and drying the applied film to provide a second resin composition layer (hereinafter, such an embodiment of lamination by coating is also referred to as the "first embodiment").
工程(A1)において、支持体と、該支持体と接合している第1樹脂組成物層とを含む支持体付き樹脂シートを用意する。なお、支持体については後述の[支持体付き多層樹脂シート]欄において説明する。 In step (A1), a resin sheet with a support is prepared, which includes a support and a first resin composition layer bonded to the support. The support is described in the section below titled [Multilayer resin sheet with support].
支持体付き樹脂シートは、例えば、支持体上に第1の樹脂組成物を塗布し、塗布膜を乾燥して第1樹脂組成物層を設けることにより作製することができる。詳細には、有機溶媒に第1の樹脂組成物を溶解した樹脂ワニスを調製し、この樹脂ワニスを、ダイコーターなどを用いて支持体上に塗布し、塗布膜を乾燥させることによって作製することができる。 The resin sheet with support can be produced, for example, by applying the first resin composition onto the support and drying the applied film to provide a first resin composition layer. In detail, the resin sheet can be produced by preparing a resin varnish by dissolving the first resin composition in an organic solvent, applying this resin varnish onto the support using a die coater or the like, and drying the applied film.
有機溶媒としては、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶媒;酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン等のエステル系溶媒;テトラヒドロピラン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、ジエチルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジブチルエーテル、ジフェニルエーテル等のエーテル系溶媒;メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、エチレングリコール等のアルコール系溶媒;酢酸2-エトキシエチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、エチルジグリコールアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル等のエーテルエステル系溶媒;乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル等のエステルアルコール系溶媒;2-メトキシプロパノール、2-メトキシエタノール、2-エトキシエタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルカルビトール)等のエーテルアルコール系溶媒;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のアミド系溶媒;ジメチルスルホキシド等のスルホキシド系溶媒;アセトニトリル、プロピオニトリル等のニトリル系溶媒;ヘキサン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶媒;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン、トリメチルベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等が挙げられる。有機溶媒は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of organic solvents include ketone-based solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; ester-based solvents such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, and γ-butyrolactone; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, and diphenyl ether; alcohol-based solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, and ethylene glycol; 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl diglycol acetate, γ-butyrolactone, and methyl methoxypropionate. Examples of suitable organic solvents include ether ester solvents such as ethyl acetate; ester alcohol solvents such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate; ether alcohol solvents such as 2-methoxypropanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol); amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and methylcyclohexane; and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, and trimethylbenzene. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
塗布膜の乾燥は、加熱、熱風吹きつけ等の公知の乾燥方法により実施してよい。樹脂ワニス中の有機溶媒の沸点によっても異なるが、例えば30質量%~60質量%の有機溶媒を含む樹脂ワニスを用いる場合、80℃~180℃で2分間~10分間乾燥させることにより、支持体上に第1樹脂組成物層を形成することができる。 The coating film may be dried by known drying methods such as heating or blowing hot air. Although this varies depending on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin varnish, for example, when a resin varnish containing 30% to 60% by mass of an organic solvent is used, a first resin composition layer can be formed on the support by drying at 80°C to 180°C for 2 to 10 minutes.
工程(B1)において、第1樹脂組成物層上に第2の樹脂組成物を塗布し、塗布膜を乾燥して第2の樹脂組成物層を設ける。これにより、支持体上に多層樹脂シートが形成された支持体付き多層樹脂シートが形成される。 In step (B1), a second resin composition is applied onto the first resin composition layer, and the applied film is dried to provide a second resin composition layer. This results in the formation of a multilayer resin sheet with a support, in which a multilayer resin sheet is formed on the support.
第2の樹脂組成物の塗布及び塗布膜の乾燥は、工程(A1)における第1の樹脂組成物の塗布及び塗布膜の乾燥と同様の方法で実施してよい。上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、工程(A1)における塗布膜の乾燥温度(℃)をT1とし、工程(A2)における塗布膜の乾燥温度(℃)をT2とした場合、好ましくはT1>T2、より好ましくはT1≧(T2+20)、さらに好ましくはT1≧(T2+40)又はT1≧(T2+50)の関係を満たすことが好適である。 The application of the second resin composition and the drying of the coating film may be carried out in the same manner as the application of the first resin composition and the drying of the coating film in step (A1). From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, when the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A1) is T1 and the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A2) is T2, it is preferable that the relationship T1>T2 is satisfied, more preferably T1≧(T2+20), and even more preferably T1≧(T2+40) or T1≧(T2+50).
支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、多層樹脂シートの支持体と接合していない面(即ち、支持体とは反対側の面)に、支持体に準じた保護フィルムをさらに含んでもよい。保護フィルムを設けた場合、支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、積層対象部材に積層する際には、保護フィルムを剥がすことによって使用可能となる。 The multilayer resin sheet with a support may further include a protective film similar to the support on the surface of the multilayer resin sheet that is not joined to the support (i.e., the surface opposite the support). When a protective film is provided, the multilayer resin sheet with a support can be used by peeling off the protective film when laminating it to a member to be laminated.
他の一実施形態において、多層樹脂シートの製造方法は、
(A2a)第1の支持体と、該第1の支持体と接合している第1樹脂組成物層とを含む第1の支持体付き樹脂シートを用意する工程、
(A2b)第2の支持体と、該第2の支持体と接合している第2の樹脂組成物層とを含む第2の支持体付き樹脂シートを用意する工程、及び
(B2)第1の支持体付き樹脂シートと第2の支持体付き樹脂シートとを、第1樹脂組成物層と第2の樹脂組成物層とが接合するように、ラミネートする工程
を含む(以下、斯かるラミネートによる積層の実施形態を「第2実施形態」ともいう。)。
In another embodiment, a method for producing a multilayer resin sheet includes the steps of:
(A2a) preparing a first support-attached resin sheet including a first support and a first resin composition layer bonded to the first support;
(A2b) a step of preparing a second supported resin sheet including a second support and a second resin composition layer bonded to the second support; and (B2) a step of laminating the first supported resin sheet and the second supported resin sheet together such that the first resin composition layer and the second resin composition layer are bonded to each other (hereinafter, such an embodiment of lamination by lamination is also referred to as a "second embodiment").
第2実施形態において、工程(A2a)及び工程(A2b)は、それぞれ、第1実施形態における工程(A1)と同様に実施してよい。ここで、上記のRD/RA比を好適な範囲に調整し易い観点から、工程(A2a)における塗布膜の乾燥温度(℃)をTaとし、工程(A2b)における塗布膜の乾燥温度(℃)をTbとした場合、好ましくはTa>Tb、より好ましくはTa≧(Tb+20)、さらに好ましくはTa≧(Tb+40)又はTa≧(Tb+50)の関係を満たすことが好適である。 In the second embodiment, step (A2a) and step (A2b) may each be performed in the same manner as step (A1) in the first embodiment. From the viewpoint of easily adjusting the RD/RA ratio to a suitable range, if the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A2a) is Ta and the drying temperature (°C) of the coating film in step (A2b) is Tb, it is preferable that the relationship Ta>Tb is satisfied, more preferably Ta≧(Tb+20), and even more preferably Ta≧(Tb+40) or Ta≧(Tb+50).
工程(B2)において、第1の支持体付き樹脂シートと第2の支持体付き樹脂シートとを、第1樹脂組成物層と第2の樹脂組成物層とが接合するように、ラミネートする。これにより第1の支持体と第2の支持体との間に多層樹脂シートが形成される。第2の支持体は、第1実施形態における保護フィルムとして機能することができる。第2実施形態にて製造された支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、積層対象部材に積層するにあたって、第2の支持体(保護フィルム)を剥がすことによって使用可能となる。 In step (B2), the first resin sheet with a support and the second resin sheet with a support are laminated so that the first resin composition layer and the second resin composition layer are bonded. This forms a multilayer resin sheet between the first support and the second support. The second support can function as the protective film in the first embodiment. The multilayer resin sheet with a support manufactured in the second embodiment can be used by peeling off the second support (protective film) when laminating it to a member to be laminated.
工程(B2)におけるラミネートについて、ラミネート温度は、好ましくは60℃~160℃、より好ましくは80℃~140℃の範囲であり、ラミネート圧力は、好ましくは0.098MPa~1.77MPa、より好ましくは0.29MPa~1.47MPaの範囲であり、ラミネート時間は、好ましくは20秒間~400秒間、より好ましくは30秒間~300秒間の範囲である。ラミネートは、好ましくは圧力26.7hPa以下の減圧条件下で実施され得る。 For the lamination in step (B2), the lamination temperature is preferably in the range of 60°C to 160°C, more preferably 80°C to 140°C, the lamination pressure is preferably in the range of 0.098MPa to 1.77MPa, more preferably 0.29MPa to 1.47MPa, and the lamination time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds. Lamination may be performed under reduced pressure conditions, preferably at a pressure of 26.7hPa or less.
ラミネートは、市販の真空ラミネーターによって行うことができる。市販の真空ラミネーターとしては、例えば、名機製作所社製の真空加圧式ラミネーター、ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製のバキュームアップリケーター、バッチ式真空加圧ラミネーター等が挙げられる。 Lamination can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator. Examples of commercially available vacuum laminators include the vacuum pressure laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., the vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., and the batch type vacuum pressure laminator.
本発明の多層樹脂シートは、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらすことができる。本発明の多層樹脂シートによればまた、デスミア処理前後において膜厚変化の少ない絶縁層をもたらすことができる。したがって本発明の多層樹脂シートは、プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するための多層樹脂シート(プリント配線板の絶縁層用多層樹脂シート)として好適に使用することができ、プリント配線板の層間絶縁層を形成するための多層樹脂シート(プリント配線板の層間絶縁層用多層樹脂シート)としてより好適に使用することができる。本発明の多層樹脂シートは、プリント配線板が部品内蔵回路板である場合にも好適に使用することができる。本発明の樹脂組成物はまた、それと接して導体層(再配線層を含む)が形成されることとなる絶縁層を形成するための多層樹脂シート(導体層を形成するための絶縁層用多層樹脂シート)として好適に使用することができる。 The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can provide an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes, even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support. The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can also provide an insulating layer with little change in thickness before and after the desmear treatment. Therefore, the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can be suitably used as a multilayer resin sheet for forming an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (multilayer resin sheet for insulating layer of printed wiring board), and can be more suitably used as a multilayer resin sheet for forming an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board (multilayer resin sheet for interlayer insulating layer of printed wiring board). The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can also be suitably used when the printed wiring board is a circuit board with built-in components. The resin composition of the present invention can also be suitably used as a multilayer resin sheet for forming an insulating layer (multilayer resin sheet for insulating layer for forming a conductor layer) in contact with the insulating layer on which a conductor layer (including a rewiring layer) will be formed.
[支持体付き多層樹脂シート]
本発明は、支持体上に本発明の多層樹脂シートが設けられた支持体付き多層樹脂シートも提供する。
[Multi-layer resin sheet with support]
The present invention also provides a supported multi-layer resin sheet in which the multi-layer resin sheet of the present invention is provided on a support.
本発明の支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、
本発明の多層樹脂シートと、
該多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層と接合する支持体と
を含む。
The multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention is
The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention,
The multilayer resin sheet includes a support bonded to the first resin composition layer of the multilayer resin sheet.
本発明の多層樹脂シートは、上記の[多層樹脂シート]欄にて説明したとおりである。本発明の支持体付き多層樹脂シートにおいては、本発明の多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層が支持体と接合している。 The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is as described above in the [Multilayer resin sheet] section. In the multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention, the first resin composition layer of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is bonded to the support.
支持体としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂フィルム、金属箔、離型紙が挙げられ、熱可塑性樹脂フィルム、金属箔が好ましい。したがって好適な一実施形態において、支持体は、熱可塑性樹脂フィルム又は金属箔である。 Examples of the support include thermoplastic resin film, metal foil, and release paper, with thermoplastic resin film and metal foil being preferred. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the support is a thermoplastic resin film or metal foil.
支持体として熱可塑性樹脂フィルムを使用する場合、熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステル、ポリカーボネート(PC)、ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA)等のアクリル、環状ポリオレフィン、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)、ポリエーテルサルファイド(PES)、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリイミド等が挙げられる。中でも、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレートが好ましく、安価なポリエチレンテレフタレートが特に好ましい。 When a thermoplastic resin film is used as the support, examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), acrylics such as polycarbonate (PC) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), cyclic polyolefins, triacetyl cellulose (TAC), polyether sulfide (PES), polyether ketone, polyimide, etc. Among these, polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate are preferred, with inexpensive polyethylene terephthalate being particularly preferred.
支持体として金属箔を使用する場合、金属箔としては、例えば、銅箔、アルミニウム箔等が挙げられ、銅箔が好ましい。銅箔としては、銅の単金属からなる箔を用いてもよく、銅と他の金属(例えば、スズ、クロム、銀、マグネシウム、ニッケル、ジルコニウム、ケイ素、チタン等)との合金からなる箔を用いてもよい。 When a metal foil is used as the support, examples of the metal foil include copper foil and aluminum foil, with copper foil being preferred. As the copper foil, foil made of a single metal, copper, or an alloy of copper and another metal (e.g., tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) may be used.
支持体は、第1樹脂組成物層と接合する面にマット処理、コロナ処理、帯電防止処理を施してあってもよい。また、支持体としては、第1樹脂組成物層と接合する面に離型層を有する離型層付き支持体を使用してもよい。離型層付き支持体の離型層に使用する離型剤としては、例えば、アルキド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、及びシリコーン樹脂からなる群から選択される1種以上の離型剤が挙げられる。離型層付き支持体は、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、アルキド樹脂系離型剤を主成分とする離型層を有するPETフィルムである、リンテック社製の「SK-1」、「AL-5」、「AL-7」、東レ社製の「ルミラーT60」、帝人社製の「ピューレックス」、ユニチカ社製の「ユニピール」等が挙げられる。 The support may be subjected to a matte treatment, a corona treatment, or an antistatic treatment on the surface to be bonded to the first resin composition layer. The support may be a support with a release layer having a release layer on the surface to be bonded to the first resin composition layer. The release agent used in the release layer of the support with a release layer may be, for example, one or more release agents selected from the group consisting of alkyd resins, polyolefin resins, urethane resins, and silicone resins. The support with a release layer may be a commercially available product, for example, "SK-1", "AL-5", and "AL-7" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, "Lumirror T60" manufactured by Toray Industries, "Purex" manufactured by Teijin Limited, and "Unipeel" manufactured by Unitika Limited, which are PET films having a release layer mainly composed of an alkyd resin-based release agent.
支持体の厚さは、特に限定されないが、5μm~75μmの範囲が好ましく、10μm~60μmの範囲がより好ましい。なお、離型層付き支持体を使用する場合、離型層付き支持体全体の厚さが上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 75 μm, and more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 60 μm. When using a support with a release layer, it is preferable that the thickness of the entire support with the release layer is in the above range.
一実施形態において、支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、必要に応じて、任意の層をさらに含んでいてもよい。斯かる任意の層としては、例えば、多層樹脂シートの支持体と接合していない面(即ち、支持体とは反対側の面)に設けられた、保護フィルム等が挙げられる。保護フィルムの厚さは、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、1μm~40μmである。保護フィルムを積層することにより、多層樹脂シートの表面へのゴミ等の付着やキズを抑制することができる。 In one embodiment, the multilayer resin sheet with a support may further include an optional layer, if necessary. Such an optional layer may be, for example, a protective film provided on the surface of the multilayer resin sheet that is not joined to the support (i.e., the surface opposite the support). The thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1 μm to 40 μm. By laminating the protective film, it is possible to prevent the adhesion of dirt and the like to the surface of the multilayer resin sheet and to prevent scratches.
支持体付き多層樹脂シートの製造方法は、上記の[多層樹脂シート」欄において説明したとおりである。 The method for producing a multilayer resin sheet with a support is as explained in the "Multilayer resin sheet" section above.
支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、ロール状に巻きとって保存することが可能である。支持体付き樹脂シートが保護フィルムを有する場合、保護フィルムを剥がすことによって使用可能となる。ここで、支持体と多層樹脂シート(詳細には第1樹脂組成物層)との間の接着強度をS1、保護フィルムと多層樹脂シート(詳細には第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層)との間の接着強度をS2としたとき、S1>S2の関係を満たす。これにより、支持体より先に、保護フィルムを多層樹脂シートから剥離することができ、多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面を露出させることができ、ひいては多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が積層対象部材と接合するように積層して用いることができる。 The multilayer resin sheet with support can be wound up in a roll and stored. When the resin sheet with support has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film. Here, when the adhesive strength between the support and the multilayer resin sheet (specifically, the first resin composition layer) is S1, and the adhesive strength between the protective film and the multilayer resin sheet (specifically, the outermost layer opposite the first resin composition layer) is S2, the relationship S1>S2 is satisfied. This allows the protective film to be peeled off from the multilayer resin sheet before the support, exposing the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite the first resin composition layer, and thus allowing the multilayer resin sheet to be laminated so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite the first resin composition layer is bonded to the member to be laminated.
本発明の支持体付き多層樹脂シートは、プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するため(プリント配線板の絶縁層用)に好適に使用することができ、プリント配線板の層間絶縁層を形成するため(プリント配線板の層間絶縁層用)により好適に使用することができる。本発明のシート状積層材料はまた、それと接して導体層(再配線層を含む)が形成されることとなる絶縁層を形成するための樹脂組成物(導体層を形成するための絶縁層用)として好適に使用することができる。 The multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention can be suitably used to form an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (for insulating layers of printed wiring boards), and can be even more suitably used to form an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board (for interlayer insulating layers of printed wiring boards). The sheet-like laminate material of the present invention can also be suitably used as a resin composition for forming an insulating layer (for insulating layers for forming conductor layers) in contact with which a conductor layer (including a rewiring layer) will be formed.
[プリント配線板]
本発明のプリント配線板は、本発明の多層樹脂シートの硬化物からなる絶縁層を含む。
[Printed wiring board]
The printed wiring board of the present invention includes an insulating layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
プリント配線板は、例えば、本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いて、下記(I)~(IV)の工程を含む方法により製造することができる。
(I)内層基板上に、本発明の多層樹脂シートを、該多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が内層基板と接合するように積層する工程
(II)多層樹脂シートを硬化(例えば熱硬化)して絶縁層を形成する工程
(III)絶縁層にレーザーでビアホールを形成し、デスミア処理する工程
(IV)デスミア処理後に絶縁層表面に金属膜を形成する工程
A printed wiring board can be produced, for example, by using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, by a method including the following steps (I) to (IV).
(I) a step of laminating the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention on an inner layer substrate such that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite to the first resin composition layer is bonded to the inner layer substrate; (II) a step of curing (e.g., thermally curing) the multilayer resin sheet to form an insulating layer; (III) a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer with a laser and performing a desmear treatment; and (IV) a step of forming a metal film on the surface of the insulating layer after the desmear treatment.
-工程(I)-
工程(I)において、内層基板上に、本発明の多層樹脂シートを、該多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が内層基板と接合するように積層する。
-Step (I)-
In step (I), the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is laminated on an inner layer substrate so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite the first resin composition layer is bonded to the inner layer substrate.
工程(I)で用いる「内層基板」とは、プリント配線板の基板となる部材であって、例えば、ガラスエポキシ基板、金属基板、ポリエステル基板、ポリイミド基板、BTレジン基板、熱硬化型ポリフェニレンエーテル基板等が挙げられる。また、該基板は、その片面又は両面に導体層を有していてもよく、この導体層はパターン加工されていてもよい。基板の片面または両面に導体層(回路)が形成された内層基板は「内層回路基板」ということがある。またプリント配線板を製造する際に、さらに絶縁層及び/又は導体層が形成されるべき中間製造物も本発明でいう「内層基板」に含まれる。プリント配線板が部品内蔵回路板である場合、部品を内蔵した内層基板を使用してもよい。 The "inner layer substrate" used in step (I) is a member that will be the substrate of the printed wiring board, and examples thereof include glass epoxy substrates, metal substrates, polyester substrates, polyimide substrates, BT resin substrates, and thermosetting polyphenylene ether substrates. The substrate may have a conductor layer on one or both sides, and the conductor layer may be patterned. An inner layer substrate having a conductor layer (circuit) formed on one or both sides of the substrate may be called an "inner layer circuit substrate." In addition, intermediate products on which an insulating layer and/or a conductor layer is to be formed during the manufacture of a printed wiring board are also included in the "inner layer substrate" of the present invention. When the printed wiring board is a circuit board with built-in components, an inner layer substrate with built-in components may be used.
内層基板と多層樹脂シートの積層は、例えば、本発明の支持体付き多層樹脂シートを用いて、支持体側から多層樹脂シートを内層基板に加熱圧着することにより行うことができる。多層樹脂シートを内層基板に加熱圧着する部材(以下、「加熱圧着部材」ともいう。)としては、例えば、加熱された金属板(SUS鏡板等)又は金属ロール(SUSロール)等が挙げられる。なお、加熱圧着部材を支持体付き多層樹脂シートに直接プレスしてもよく、内層基板の表面凹凸に樹脂シートが十分に追随するよう、耐熱ゴム等の弾性材を介してプレスしてもよい。 The lamination of the inner layer substrate and the multilayer resin sheet can be carried out, for example, by using the multilayer resin sheet with a support of the present invention and heat-pressing the multilayer resin sheet to the inner layer substrate from the support side. Examples of the member for heat-pressing the multilayer resin sheet to the inner layer substrate (hereinafter also referred to as the "heat-pressing member") include a heated metal plate (such as a SUS panel) or a metal roll (SUS roll). The heat-pressing member may be pressed directly onto the multilayer resin sheet with a support, or may be pressed via an elastic material such as heat-resistant rubber so that the resin sheet can sufficiently follow the surface irregularities of the inner layer substrate.
内層基板と多層樹脂シートの積層は、真空ラミネート法により実施してよい。真空ラミネート法において、加熱圧着温度は、好ましくは60℃~160℃、より好ましくは80℃~140℃の範囲であり、加熱圧着圧力は、好ましくは0.098MPa~1.77MPa、より好ましくは0.29MPa~1.47MPaの範囲であり、加熱圧着時間は、好ましくは20秒間~400秒間、より好ましくは30秒間~300秒間の範囲である。積層は、好ましくは圧力26.7hPa以下の減圧条件下で実施され得る。 Lamination of the inner layer substrate and the multilayer resin sheet may be performed by a vacuum lamination method. In the vacuum lamination method, the heat-pressure bonding temperature is preferably in the range of 60°C to 160°C, more preferably 80°C to 140°C, the heat-pressure bonding pressure is preferably in the range of 0.098MPa to 1.77MPa, more preferably 0.29MPa to 1.47MPa, and the heat-pressure bonding time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds. Lamination may be performed under reduced pressure conditions, preferably at a pressure of 26.7hPa or less.
積層は、市販の真空ラミネーターによって行うことができる。市販の真空ラミネーターとしては、例えば、名機製作所社製の真空加圧式ラミネーター、ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製のバキュームアップリケーター、バッチ式真空加圧ラミネーター等が挙げられる。 Lamination can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator. Examples of commercially available vacuum laminators include a vacuum pressure laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., and a batch-type vacuum pressure laminator.
積層の後に、常圧下(大気圧下)、例えば、加熱圧着部材を支持体側からプレスすることにより、積層された多層樹脂シートの平滑化処理を行ってもよい。平滑化処理のプレス条件は、上記積層の加熱圧着条件と同様の条件とすることができる。平滑化処理は、市販のラミネーターによって行うことができる。なお、積層と平滑化処理は、上記の市販の真空ラミネーターを用いて連続的に行ってもよい。 After lamination, the laminated multilayer resin sheet may be smoothed under normal pressure (atmospheric pressure), for example by pressing a heat-pressure bonding member from the support side. The pressing conditions for the smoothing treatment may be the same as the heat-pressure bonding conditions for the lamination described above. The smoothing treatment may be performed using a commercially available laminator. Note that lamination and smoothing treatment may be performed consecutively using the commercially available vacuum laminator described above.
支持体は、工程(I)と工程(II)の間に除去してもよく、工程(II)の後に除去してもよい。なお、支持体として、金属箔を使用した場合、支持体を剥離することなく、該金属箔を用いて導体層を形成してよい。 The support may be removed between step (I) and step (II), or after step (II). When a metal foil is used as the support, the conductor layer may be formed using the metal foil without peeling off the support.
-工程(II)-
工程(II)において、多層樹脂シートを硬化(例えば熱硬化)して、多層樹脂シートの硬化物からなる絶縁層を形成する。
-Step (II)-
In step (II), the multilayer resin sheet is cured (for example, thermally cured) to form an insulating layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet.
多層樹脂シートの硬化条件は特に限定されず、プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するに際して通常採用される条件を使用してよい。 The curing conditions for the multilayer resin sheet are not particularly limited, and the conditions normally used when forming an insulating layer for a printed wiring board may be used.
例えば、多層樹脂シートの熱硬化条件は、その樹脂組成物層の組成等によっても異なるが、一実施形態において、硬化温度は好ましくは120℃~250℃、より好ましくは150℃~240℃、さらに好ましくは170℃~230℃である。硬化時間は好ましくは5分間~240分間、より好ましくは10分間~150分間、さらに好ましくは15分間~120分間とすることができる。 For example, the heat curing conditions for the multilayer resin sheet vary depending on the composition of the resin composition layer, but in one embodiment, the curing temperature is preferably 120°C to 250°C, more preferably 150°C to 240°C, and even more preferably 170°C to 230°C. The curing time is preferably 5 minutes to 240 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 150 minutes, and even more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes.
多層樹脂シートを熱硬化させる前に、多層樹脂シートを硬化温度よりも低い温度にて予備加熱してもよい。例えば、多層樹脂シートを熱硬化させるのに先立ち、50℃~120℃、好ましくは60℃~115℃、より好ましくは70℃~110℃の温度にて、多層樹脂シートを5分間以上、好ましくは5分間~150分間、より好ましくは15分間~120分間、さらに好ましくは15分間~100分間予備加熱してもよい。 Before the multilayer resin sheet is thermally cured, it may be preheated at a temperature lower than the curing temperature. For example, prior to thermally curing the multilayer resin sheet, it may be preheated at a temperature of 50°C to 120°C, preferably 60°C to 115°C, and more preferably 70°C to 110°C for 5 minutes or more, preferably 5 minutes to 150 minutes, more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes, and even more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes.
-工程(III)-
工程(III)において、絶縁層にレーザーでビアホールを形成し、デスミア処理する。
-Step (III)-
In step (III), a via hole is formed in the insulating layer by a laser, and a desmear treatment is performed.
絶縁層にビアホールを形成するためのレーザー光源としては、例えば、炭酸ガスレーザー(CO2レーザー)、UV-YAGレーザー、エキシマレーザー等の光源を用いてよい。中でも、本発明の効果をより享受し得る観点から、CO2レーザーを用いることが好ましい。したがって一実施形態において、絶縁層にCO2レーザーでビアホールを形成する。 As a laser light source for forming a via hole in an insulating layer, for example, a carbon dioxide gas laser ( CO2 laser), a UV-YAG laser, an excimer laser, or the like may be used. Among them, it is preferable to use a CO2 laser from the viewpoint of obtaining the effects of the present invention more effectively. Therefore, in one embodiment, a via hole is formed in an insulating layer by a CO2 laser.
ビアホールの寸法や形状は、プリント配線板のデザインに応じて適宜決定してよい。例えば、ビアホールの形状は、特に限定されないが、一般的には円形(略円形)とされる。ビアホールのトップ径は、好ましくは50μm以下、40μm以下、30μm以下、又は20μm以下であり、その下限は例えば3μm以上、5μm以上、10μm以上などとし得る。ここで、ビアホールのトップ径とは、絶縁層表面(第1樹脂組成物層に由来する絶縁層表面)でのビアホールの開口の直径をいう。 The dimensions and shape of the via hole may be appropriately determined depending on the design of the printed wiring board. For example, the shape of the via hole is not particularly limited, but is generally circular (approximately circular). The top diameter of the via hole is preferably 50 μm or less, 40 μm or less, 30 μm or less, or 20 μm or less, and the lower limit can be, for example, 3 μm or more, 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more, etc. Here, the top diameter of the via hole refers to the diameter of the opening of the via hole at the insulating layer surface (the insulating layer surface derived from the first resin composition layer).
本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いることにより、絶縁層の厚さ方向における寸法変化の少ない断面形状の良好なビアホールを形成することができる。一実施形態において、ビアホールの断面を観察した場合、第1樹脂組成物層に由来する絶縁層部分におけるビア最大径(μm)をR1とし、第1樹脂組成物層を除く層に由来する絶縁層部分におけるビア最大径(μm)をR2としたとき、R1≧R2の関係を満たす。好適な一実施形態において、R1とR2は、R1≧R2の関係を満たすと共に、(R1-R2)≦0.1R1の関係を満たす。 By using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, it is possible to form a via hole with a good cross-sectional shape with little dimensional change in the thickness direction of the insulating layer. In one embodiment, when observing the cross section of the via hole, the relationship R1 ≧ R2 is satisfied, where R1 is the maximum via diameter (μm) in the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer, and R2 is the maximum via diameter (μm) in the insulating layer portion derived from the layers other than the first resin composition layer. In a preferred embodiment, R1 and R2 satisfy the relationship R1 ≧ R2 and also satisfy the relationship (R1-R2) ≦ 0.1R1.
絶縁層にレーザーでビアホールを形成した後、デスミア処理を行う。これにより、ビアホール内の樹脂残渣(スミア)を除去することができる。デスミア処理の手順、条件は特に限定されず、プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するに際して通常使用される公知の手順、条件を採用することができる。例えば、膨潤液による膨潤処理、酸化剤液によるデスミア(粗化)処理、中和液による中和処理をこの順に実施してデスミア処理することができる。 After forming via holes in the insulating layer with a laser, a desmear process is performed. This makes it possible to remove resin residue (smear) from within the via holes. The procedure and conditions for the desmear process are not particularly limited, and known procedures and conditions that are typically used when forming insulating layers for printed wiring boards can be used. For example, the desmear process can be performed by carrying out a swelling process using a swelling liquid, a desmear (roughening) process using an oxidizing agent liquid, and a neutralization process using a neutralizing liquid, in that order.
デスミア処理に用いる膨潤液としては特に限定されないが、アルカリ溶液、界面活性剤溶液等が挙げられ、好ましくはアルカリ溶液であり、該アルカリ溶液としては、水酸化ナトリウム溶液、水酸化カリウム溶液がより好ましい。市販されている膨潤液としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「スウェリングディップ・セキュリガントP」、「スウェリングディップ・セキュリガントSBU」等が挙げられる。膨潤液による膨潤処理は、特に限定されないが、例えば、30℃~90℃の膨潤液に絶縁層を1分間~20分間浸漬することにより行うことができる。絶縁層の樹脂の膨潤を適度なレベルに抑える観点から、40℃~80℃の膨潤液に絶縁層を5分間~15分間浸漬させることが好ましい。 The swelling liquid used in the desmear treatment is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include an alkaline solution, a surfactant solution, etc., and is preferably an alkaline solution, and as the alkaline solution, a sodium hydroxide solution or a potassium hydroxide solution is more preferable. Examples of commercially available swelling liquids include "Swelling Dip Securigant P" and "Swelling Dip Securigant SBU" manufactured by Atotech Japan. The swelling treatment using the swelling liquid is not particularly limited, but can be performed by, for example, immersing the insulating layer in a swelling liquid at 30°C to 90°C for 1 to 20 minutes. From the viewpoint of suppressing the swelling of the resin of the insulating layer to an appropriate level, it is preferable to immerse the insulating layer in a swelling liquid at 40°C to 80°C for 5 to 15 minutes.
デスミア処理に用いる酸化剤液としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、水酸化ナトリウムの水溶液に過マンガン酸カリウム又は過マンガン酸ナトリウムを溶解したアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液等の酸化剤液による粗化処理は、60℃~100℃に加熱した酸化剤液に絶縁層を10分間~30分間浸漬させて行うことが好ましい。また、アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液における過マンガン酸塩の濃度は5質量%~10質量%が好ましい。市販されている酸化剤液としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「コンセントレートコンパクトCP」、「ドージングソリューションセキュリガンスP」等のアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液が挙げられる。 The oxidizing agent used in the desmear treatment is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include alkaline permanganate solutions in which potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate is dissolved in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. Roughening treatment using an oxidizing agent such as an alkaline permanganate solution is preferably performed by immersing the insulating layer in an oxidizing agent solution heated to 60°C to 100°C for 10 to 30 minutes. The concentration of permanganate in the alkaline permanganate solution is preferably 5% by mass to 10% by mass. Examples of commercially available oxidizing agents include alkaline permanganate solutions such as "Concentrate Compact CP" and "Dosing Solution Securigans P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
また、デスミア処理に用いる中和液としては、酸性の水溶液が好ましく、市販品としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「リダクションセキュリガントP」が挙げられる。中和液による中和処理は、酸化剤による粗化処理がなされた処理面を30℃~80℃の中和液に5分間~30分間浸漬させることにより行うことができる。作業性等の点から、酸化剤による粗化処理がなされた対象物を、40℃~70℃の中和液に5分間~20分間浸漬する方法が好ましい。 The neutralizing solution used in the desmear treatment is preferably an acidic aqueous solution, and a commercially available product is, for example, "Reduction Securigant P" manufactured by Atotech Japan. Neutralization with a neutralizing solution can be performed by immersing the surface that has been roughened with an oxidizing agent in a neutralizing solution at 30°C to 80°C for 5 to 30 minutes. From the standpoint of workability, etc., a method in which the object that has been roughened with an oxidizing agent is immersed in a neutralizing solution at 40°C to 70°C for 5 to 20 minutes is preferred.
ここで、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合、デスミア処理は、絶縁層の露出表面の粗化処理を兼ねることとなる。先述のとおり、本発明の多層樹脂シートによれば、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を実施する場合であっても、表面の平滑性が良好であり、スミアの低減された、良好な形状のビアホールを備えた絶縁層をもたらすことができるため有利である。したがって一実施形態において、支持体を剥離した後にデスミア処理を行う。好適な一実施形態において、工程(III)は、絶縁層にレーザーでビアホールを形成し、支持体を剥離し、次いでデスミア処理を行う工程である。 Here, when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support, the desmear treatment also serves as a roughening treatment for the exposed surface of the insulating layer. As described above, the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is advantageous because it can provide an insulating layer with good surface smoothness, reduced smears, and well-shaped via holes even when the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support. Therefore, in one embodiment, the desmear treatment is performed after peeling off the support. In a preferred embodiment, step (III) is a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer with a laser, peeling off the support, and then performing the desmear treatment.
-工程(IV)-
工程(III)のデスミア処理後に、工程(IV)において、絶縁層表面に金属膜を形成する。形成した金属膜をめっきシード層として利用し、配線形成を行うことができる。
-Step (IV)-
After the desmear treatment in step (III), a metal film is formed on the surface of the insulating layer in step (IV). The formed metal film can be used as a plating seed layer to form wiring.
金属膜(めっきシード層)の厚さは、好ましくは500nm以下、より好ましくは400nm以下、さらに好ましくは300nm以下としてよい。金属膜は、その上に所望のパターンにて導体層を形成した後、導体層形成部以外の不要部分はエッチングなどにより除去される。このとき、金属膜の厚さが小さいほど、金属膜の不要部分を容易に除去することが可能であり、不要部分を除去する際の導体パターンの浸食を最低限に抑えることができるため微細配線化を実現する上で有利である。 The thickness of the metal film (plating seed layer) may be preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and even more preferably 300 nm or less. After a conductor layer is formed on the metal film in a desired pattern, unnecessary parts other than the conductor layer forming parts are removed by etching or the like. In this case, the thinner the metal film is, the easier it is to remove the unnecessary parts of the metal film, and the erosion of the conductor pattern when removing the unnecessary parts can be kept to a minimum, which is advantageous in realizing fine wiring.
この点、絶縁層の表面に薄い金属膜を形成すると、該金属膜上に電解めっき法にて形成される導体層の厚さにばらつきが生じる、いわゆるめっき焼けという現象が生じ易い傾向にある。これは、絶縁層表面の凹凸に起因して金属膜の厚さが不均一となり易いことに起因するものと推察される。詳細には、金属膜が薄い部分の電気抵抗値は金属膜が厚い部分に比し高く、その上に電解めっき法にて導体層を形成すると、金属膜が薄く電気抵抗値が高い部分では他の部分に比しめっきの成長が遅れ導体層の形成が不十分となり、均一な導体層の形成が困難になるものと推察される。 In this regard, when a thin metal film is formed on the surface of an insulating layer, there is a tendency for the thickness of the conductor layer formed on the metal film by electrolytic plating to vary, a phenomenon known as plating burn. This is believed to be due to the fact that the thickness of the metal film is likely to be uneven due to the unevenness of the insulating layer surface. In detail, the electrical resistance value of the thin metal film is higher than that of the thick metal film, and it is believed that when a conductor layer is formed on top of this by electrolytic plating, the plating grows slower in the thin metal film and high electrical resistance parts than in other parts, resulting in insufficient formation of the conductor layer and making it difficult to form a uniform conductor layer.
これに対し、本発明の多層樹脂シートに用いることにより、表面の平滑性の良好な絶縁層を形成することができ、金属膜の厚さをより薄くしても、めっき焼けを抑制することが可能である。例えば、金属膜の厚さは、280nm以下、260nm以下又は250nm以下にまで小さくしてもよい。 In contrast, by using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, an insulating layer with good surface smoothness can be formed, and plating burn can be suppressed even if the thickness of the metal film is made thinner. For example, the thickness of the metal film can be reduced to 280 nm or less, 260 nm or less, or 250 nm or less.
金属膜(めっきシード層)は、少なくとも導電シード層を含む。導電シード層は、電解めっき法で電極として機能する層である。導電シード層を構成する導体材料としては、十分な導電性を呈する限り特に限定されないが、好適な例としては、銅、パラジウム、金、白金、銀、アルミニウム及びそれらの合金が挙げられる。金属膜はまた、拡散バリア層を含んでもよい。拡散バリア層は、導電シード層を構成する導体材料が絶縁層に拡散して絶縁破壊を生じることを防止する層である。また、拡散バリア層を構成する材料としては、導電シード層を構成する導体材料の拡散を抑制・防止し得る限り特に限定されないが、好適な例としては、チタン、タングステン、タンタル及びそれらの合金が挙げられる。金属膜が拡散バリア層を含む場合、本発明における「金属膜の厚さ」とは、導電シード層のみならず拡散バリア層も含めた金属膜全体の平均厚さをいう。 The metal film (plating seed layer) includes at least a conductive seed layer. The conductive seed layer is a layer that functions as an electrode in an electrolytic plating method. The conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits sufficient conductivity, and suitable examples include copper, palladium, gold, platinum, silver, aluminum, and alloys thereof. The metal film may also include a diffusion barrier layer. The diffusion barrier layer is a layer that prevents the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer from diffusing into the insulating layer and causing insulation breakdown. In addition, the material constituting the diffusion barrier layer is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress or prevent the diffusion of the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer, and suitable examples include titanium, tungsten, tantalum, and alloys thereof. When the metal film includes a diffusion barrier layer, the "thickness of the metal film" in the present invention refers to the average thickness of the entire metal film including not only the conductive seed layer but also the diffusion barrier layer.
金属膜が拡散バリア層を含む場合、該拡散バリア層の厚さは、導電シード層を構成する導体材料の拡散を抑制・防止し得る限り特に限定されないが、微細配線化に寄与する観点から、好ましくは50nm以下、より好ましくは40nm以下、さらに好ましくは30nm以下である。拡散バリア層の厚さの下限は特に限定されず、例えば、1nm以上、3nm以上、5nm以上などとし得る。この場合、金属膜の残部は、導電シード層であることが好ましく、該導電シード層の厚さは、拡散バリア層の厚さとの関連で金属膜全体の厚さが上記の好適範囲となるように決定してよい。 When the metal film includes a diffusion barrier layer, the thickness of the diffusion barrier layer is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress or prevent the diffusion of the conductive material constituting the conductive seed layer, but from the viewpoint of contributing to fine wiring, it is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 30 nm or less. The lower limit of the thickness of the diffusion barrier layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 nm or more, 3 nm or more, 5 nm or more, etc. In this case, the remainder of the metal film is preferably a conductive seed layer, and the thickness of the conductive seed layer may be determined so that the thickness of the entire metal film is in the above-mentioned preferred range in relation to the thickness of the diffusion barrier layer.
金属膜は、乾式めっきにより形成してもよく、湿式めっきにより形成してもよい。乾式めっきとしては、例えば、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法、真空蒸着法等の物理気相成長(PVD)法、熱CVD、プラズマCVD等の化学気相成長(CVD)法が挙げられる。また、湿式めっきとしては、無電解めっき法が挙げられる。より均一な厚さを有する薄い金属膜を形成し易い観点から、スパッタリング法又は無電解めっき法が好ましく、中でも、密着強度に優れる微細配線を実現できる観点から、スパッタリング法が特に好ましい。したがって好適な一実施形態では、工程(IV)において、スパッタリング法により金属膜を形成する。 The metal film may be formed by dry plating or wet plating. Examples of dry plating include physical vapor deposition (PVD) methods such as sputtering, ion plating, and vacuum deposition, and chemical vapor deposition (CVD) methods such as thermal CVD and plasma CVD. Examples of wet plating include electroless plating. From the viewpoint of facilitating the formation of a thin metal film with a more uniform thickness, sputtering and electroless plating are preferred, and among these, sputtering is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of realizing fine wiring with excellent adhesion strength. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the metal film is formed by sputtering in step (IV).
工程(IV)の後に、電解めっき法により金属膜上に導体層を形成することができる。したがって一実施形態において、本発明のプリント配線板の製造方法は、工程(V)として、電解めっき法により金属膜上に導体層を形成する工程を含む。 After step (IV), a conductor layer can be formed on the metal film by electrolytic plating. Thus, in one embodiment, the method for producing a printed wiring board of the present invention includes, as step (V), a step of forming a conductor layer on the metal film by electrolytic plating.
導体層に使用する導体材料は特に限定されない。好適な実施形態では、導体層は、金、白金、パラジウム、銀、銅、アルミニウム、コバルト、クロム、亜鉛、ニッケル、チタン、タングステン、鉄、スズ及びインジウムからなる群から選択される1種以上の金属を含む。導体層は、単金属層であっても合金層であってもよく、合金層としては、例えば、上記の群から選択される2種以上の金属の合金(例えば、ニッケル・クロム合金、銅・ニッケル合金及び銅・チタン合金)から形成された層が挙げられる。中でも、導体層形成の汎用性、コスト、パターニングの容易性等の観点から、クロム、ニッケル、チタン、アルミニウム、亜鉛、金、パラジウム、銀若しくは銅の単金属層、又はニッケル・クロム合金、銅・ニッケル合金、銅・チタン合金の合金層が好ましく、クロム、ニッケル、チタン、アルミニウム、亜鉛、金、パラジウム、銀若しくは銅の単金属層、又はニッケル・クロム合金の合金層がより好ましく、銅の単金属層が更に好ましい。 The conductor material used for the conductor layer is not particularly limited. In a preferred embodiment, the conductor layer contains one or more metals selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, silver, copper, aluminum, cobalt, chromium, zinc, nickel, titanium, tungsten, iron, tin, and indium. The conductor layer may be a single metal layer or an alloy layer, and examples of the alloy layer include layers formed from an alloy of two or more metals selected from the above group (e.g., nickel-chromium alloy, copper-nickel alloy, and copper-titanium alloy). Among these, from the viewpoints of versatility, cost, ease of patterning, etc. of the conductor layer formation, a single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver, or copper, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy, a copper-nickel alloy, or a copper-titanium alloy is preferred, a single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver, or copper, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy is more preferred, and a single metal layer of copper is even more preferred.
導体層は、単層構造であっても、異なる種類の金属若しくは合金からなる単金属層又は合金層が2層以上積層した複層構造であってもよい。導体層が複層構造である場合、絶縁層と接する層は、クロム、亜鉛若しくはチタンの単金属層、又はニッケル・クロム合金の合金層であることが好ましい。 The conductor layer may be a single-layer structure, or a multi-layer structure in which two or more single metal layers or alloy layers made of different types of metals or alloys are laminated. When the conductor layer has a multi-layer structure, the layer in contact with the insulating layer is preferably a single metal layer of chromium, zinc, or titanium, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy.
導体層の厚さは、所望のプリント配線板のデザインによるが、一般に3μm~35μm、好ましくは5μm~30μmである。 The thickness of the conductor layer depends on the desired printed wiring board design, but is generally between 3 μm and 35 μm, preferably between 5 μm and 30 μm.
導体層の形成は、いわゆるセミアディティブ法により実施してよい。すなわち、工程(IV)で形成した金属膜上に、所望の配線パターンに対応して金属膜の一部を露出させるフォトレジスト(めっきレジスト)を形成する。次いで、露出した金属膜上に、電解めっき法により導体層を形成した後、フォトレジストを除去する。その後、導体層形成部以外の不要な金属膜をエッチングなどにより除去して、所望の配線パターンを有する導体層(配線)を形成することができる。 The conductor layer may be formed by a so-called semi-additive method. That is, a photoresist (plating resist) is formed on the metal film formed in step (IV) to expose a portion of the metal film corresponding to the desired wiring pattern. Next, a conductor layer is formed on the exposed metal film by electrolytic plating, and the photoresist is then removed. Thereafter, unnecessary metal film other than the conductor layer forming portion is removed by etching or the like, and a conductor layer (wiring) having the desired wiring pattern can be formed.
本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いることにより、めっき焼けを抑制しつつ、L/Sが、例えば、5/5μm以下、4/4μm以下、3/3μm以下、2/2μm以下、1.5/1.5μm以下、又は1/1μm以下の微細な導体回路を形成可能である。 By using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, it is possible to form fine conductor circuits with L/S of, for example, 5/5 μm or less, 4/4 μm or less, 3/3 μm or less, 2/2 μm or less, 1.5/1.5 μm or less, or 1/1 μm or less while suppressing plating burn.
必要に応じて、工程(I)~工程(V)の絶縁層及び導体層の形成を繰り返して実施し、多層配線板を形成してもよい。 If necessary, the formation of the insulating layer and the conductor layer in steps (I) to (V) may be repeated to form a multilayer wiring board.
[半導体チップパッケージ]
本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いて半導体チップパッケージを製造することができる。本発明は、斯かる半導体チップパッケージも提供する。本発明の半導体チップパッケージは、本発明の多層樹脂シートの硬化物からなる、再配線層を形成するための絶縁層(再配線形成層)を含む。
[Semiconductor chip package]
A semiconductor chip package can be manufactured using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention. The present invention also provides such a semiconductor chip package. The semiconductor chip package of the present invention includes an insulating layer (rewiring formation layer) for forming a rewiring layer, which is made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention.
半導体チップパッケージは、例えば、本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いて、下記(1)乃至(6)の工程を含む方法により製造することができる。工程(5)の再配線形成層を形成するために、本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いればよい。以下、多層樹脂シートを用いて再配線形成層を形成する一例を示すが、半導体チップパッケージの再配線形成層を形成する技術は公知であり、当業者であれば、本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いて、公知の技術に従って半導体パッケージを製造することができる。
(1)基材に仮固定フィルムを積層する工程、
(2)半導体チップを、仮固定フィルム上に仮固定する工程、
(3)半導体チップ上に封止層を形成する工程、
(4)基材及び仮固定フィルムを半導体チップから剥離する工程、
(5)半導体チップの基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離した面に、絶縁層としての再配線形成層を形成する工程、及び
(6)再配線形成層上に、導体層としての再配線層を形成する工程
A semiconductor chip package can be manufactured, for example, by using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention by a method including the following steps (1) to (6). The multilayer resin sheet of the present invention may be used to form the rewiring formation layer in step (5). An example of forming a rewiring formation layer using a multilayer resin sheet is shown below, but the technology for forming a rewiring formation layer for a semiconductor chip package is publicly known, and a person skilled in the art can manufacture a semiconductor package using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention according to the publicly known technology.
(1) A step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate;
(2) A step of temporarily fixing a semiconductor chip on a temporary fixing film;
(3) forming an encapsulation layer on the semiconductor chip;
(4) peeling the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip;
(5) forming a rewiring formation layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the base material and the temporary fixing film have been peeled off; and (6) forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer.
-工程(1)-
基材に使用する材料は特に限定されない。基材としては、シリコンウェハ;ガラスウェハ;ガラス基板;銅、チタン、ステンレス、冷間圧延鋼板(SPCC)等の金属基板;ガラス繊維にエポキシ樹脂等をしみこませ熱硬化処理した基板(例えばFR-4基板);ビスマレイミドトリアジン樹脂(BT樹脂)からなる基板などが挙げられる。
-Step (1)-
The material used for the substrate is not particularly limited. Examples of the substrate include a silicon wafer, a glass wafer, a glass substrate, a metal substrate such as copper, titanium, stainless steel, or cold-rolled steel plate (SPCC), a substrate in which glass fiber is impregnated with epoxy resin or the like and subjected to a heat curing treatment (e.g., an FR-4 substrate), and a substrate made of bismaleimide triazine resin (BT resin).
仮固定フィルムは、工程(4)において半導体チップから剥離することができると共に、半導体チップを仮固定することができれば材料は特に限定されない。仮固定フィルムは市販品を用いることができる。市販品としては、日東電工社製のリヴァアルファ等が挙げられる。 The material of the temporary fixing film is not particularly limited as long as it can be peeled off from the semiconductor chip in step (4) and can temporarily fix the semiconductor chip. Commercially available products can be used as the temporary fixing film. Examples of commercially available products include Riva Alpha manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation.
-工程(2)-
半導体チップの仮固定は、フリップチップボンダー、ダイボンダー等の公知の装置を用いて行うことができる。半導体チップの配置のレイアウト及び配置数は、仮固定フィルムの形状、大きさ、目的とする半導体パッケージの生産数等に応じて適宜設定することができ、例えば、複数行で、かつ複数列のマトリックス状に整列させて仮固定することができる。
-Step (2)-
The semiconductor chips can be temporarily fixed using known devices such as a flip chip bonder, a die bonder, etc. The layout and number of semiconductor chips can be appropriately set depending on the shape and size of the temporary fixing film, the number of semiconductor packages to be produced, etc., and for example, the semiconductor chips can be temporarily fixed by arranging them in a matrix shape of multiple rows and multiple columns.
-工程(3)-
支持体上に設けられた封止樹脂組成物層を備えた封止樹脂シートを、半導体チップ上に積層、又は封止樹脂組成物を半導体チップ上に塗布し、硬化(例えば熱硬化)させて封止層を形成する。
-Step (3)-
An encapsulating resin sheet having an encapsulating resin composition layer provided on a support is laminated on a semiconductor chip, or the encapsulating resin composition is applied onto a semiconductor chip and cured (e.g., thermally cured) to form an encapsulating layer.
例えば、半導体チップと封止樹脂シートの積層は、支持体側から封止樹脂シートを半導体チップに加熱圧着することにより行うことができる。半導体チップと封止樹脂シートの積層は、真空ラミネート法により実施してもよく、その積層条件は、プリント配線板の製造方法に関連して説明した積層条件と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 For example, the semiconductor chip and the encapsulating resin sheet can be laminated by heat-pressing the encapsulating resin sheet onto the semiconductor chip from the support side. The semiconductor chip and the encapsulating resin sheet can also be laminated by a vacuum lamination method, and the lamination conditions are the same as those described in relation to the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
積層の後、封止樹脂組成物層を熱硬化させて封止層を形成する。熱硬化の条件は、プリント配線板の製造方法に関連して説明した熱硬化の条件と同様である。 After lamination, the encapsulating resin composition layer is thermally cured to form an encapsulating layer. The thermal curing conditions are the same as those described in relation to the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
封止樹脂シートの支持体は、半導体チップ上に封止樹脂シートを積層し熱硬化した後に剥離してもよく、半導体チップ上に封止樹脂シートを積層する前に支持体を剥離してもよい。 The support of the sealing resin sheet may be peeled off after the sealing resin sheet is laminated on the semiconductor chip and thermally cured, or the support may be peeled off before the sealing resin sheet is laminated on the semiconductor chip.
封止樹脂組成物を塗布して封止層を形成する場合、その塗布条件としては、本発明の多層樹脂シートの製造方法に関連して説明した樹脂組成物層を形成する際の塗布条件と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 When forming a sealing layer by applying the sealing resin composition, the application conditions are the same as those for forming the resin composition layer described in relation to the manufacturing method of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
-工程(4)-
基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離する方法は、仮固定フィルムの材質等に応じて適宜変更することができ、例えば、仮固定フィルムを加熱、発泡(又は膨張)させて剥離する方法、及び基材側から紫外線を照射させ、仮固定フィルムの粘着力を低下させ剥離する方法等が挙げられる。
-Step (4)-
The method for peeling off the substrate and the temporary fixing film can be appropriately changed depending on the material of the temporary fixing film, and examples include a method in which the temporary fixing film is heated and foamed (or expanded) to peel it off, and a method in which ultraviolet light is irradiated from the substrate side to reduce the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing film and then peeled off.
仮固定フィルムを加熱、発泡(又は膨張)させて剥離する方法において、加熱条件は、通常、100~250℃で1~90秒間又は5~15分間である。また、基材側から紫外線を照射させ、仮固定フィルムの粘着力を低下させ剥離する方法において、紫外線の照射量は、通常、10mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2である。 In the method of heating and foaming (or expanding) the temporary fixing film to peel it off, the heating conditions are usually 100 to 250° C. for 1 to 90 seconds or 5 to 15 minutes. In the method of irradiating the temporary fixing film from the substrate side with ultraviolet light to reduce the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing film to peel it off, the irradiation dose of ultraviolet light is usually 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .
-工程(5)-
再配線形成層(絶縁層)を形成する材料は、再配線形成層(絶縁層)形成時に絶縁性を有していれば特に限定されず、本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いて再配線形成層を形成することができる。工程(5)において、本発明の多層樹脂シートは、その第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が半導体チップの基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離した面に接合するように積層する。その後、多層樹脂シートを硬化させて再配線形成層を形成する。
-Step (5)-
The material for forming the rewiring formation layer (insulating layer) is not particularly limited as long as it has insulating properties when the rewiring formation layer (insulating layer) is formed, and the rewiring formation layer can be formed using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention. In step (5), the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention is laminated so that the surface opposite to the first resin composition layer is bonded to the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the substrate and the temporary fixing film have been peeled off. Thereafter, the multilayer resin sheet is cured to form the rewiring formation layer.
再配線形成層を形成後、半導体チップと後述する導体層を層間接続するために、再配線形成層にビアホールを形成してもよい。ビアホールは、再配線形成層の材料に応じて、公知の方法により形成してよい。 After forming the redistribution layer, via holes may be formed in the redistribution layer to connect the semiconductor chip to a conductor layer (described later). The via holes may be formed by a known method depending on the material of the redistribution layer.
-工程(6)-
再配線形成層上への導体層の形成は、プリント配線板の製造方法に関連して説明した工程(V)と同様に実施してよい。なお、工程(5)及び工程(6)を繰り返し行い、導体層(再配線層)及び再配線形成層(絶縁層)を交互に積み上げて(ビルドアップ)もよい。
-Step (6)-
The formation of the conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer may be carried out in the same manner as in step (V) described in relation to the method for producing a printed wiring board. Note that steps (5) and (6) may be repeated to alternately stack (build up) the conductor layer (rewiring layer) and the rewiring formation layer (insulating layer).
半導体チップパッケージを製造するにあたって、(7)導体層(再配線層)上にソルダーレジスト層を形成する工程、(8)バンプを形成する工程、(9)複数の半導体チップパッケージを個々の半導体チップパッケージにダイシングし、個片化する工程をさらに実施してもよい。これらの工程は、半導体チップパッケージの製造に用いられる、当業者に公知の各種方法に従って実施してよい。 In manufacturing the semiconductor chip package, the steps of (7) forming a solder resist layer on the conductor layer (rewiring layer), (8) forming bumps, and (9) dicing and singulating the multiple semiconductor chip packages into individual semiconductor chip packages may be further performed. These steps may be performed according to various methods known to those skilled in the art and used in the manufacture of semiconductor chip packages.
本発明の多層樹脂シートを用いて再配線形成層を形成することにより、半導体パッケージが、ファンイン(Fan-In)型パッケージであるかファンアウト(Fan-Out)型パッケージであるかの別を問わず、半導体チップパッケージを実現することができる。また本発明の多層樹脂シートは、ファンアウト型パネルレベルパッケージ(FO-PLP)、ファンアウト型ウェハレベルパッケージ(FO-WLP)の別を問わず、適用できる。 By forming a rewiring formation layer using the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention, a semiconductor chip package can be realized regardless of whether the semiconductor package is a fan-in (Fan-In) type package or a fan-out (Fan-Out) type package. Furthermore, the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention can be applied regardless of whether it is a fan-out type panel level package (FO-PLP) or a fan-out type wafer level package (FO-WLP).
[半導体装置]
本発明の半導体装置は、本発明の多層樹脂シートの硬化物からなる層を含む。本発明の半導体装置は、本発明のプリント配線板又は半導体チップパッケージを用いて製造することができる。
[Semiconductor device]
The semiconductor device of the present invention comprises a layer made of a cured product of the multilayer resin sheet of the present invention. The semiconductor device of the present invention can be produced by using the printed wiring board or semiconductor chip package of the present invention.
半導体装置としては、電気製品(例えば、コンピューター、携帯電話、デジタルカメラ及びテレビ等)及び乗物(例えば、自動二輪車、自動車、電車、船舶及び航空機等)等に供される各種半導体装置が挙げられる。 Semiconductor devices include various semiconductor devices used in electrical products (e.g., computers, mobile phones, digital cameras, and televisions) and vehicles (e.g., motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, and aircraft).
以下、実施例及び比較例を挙げることにより、本発明を具体的に説明する。本発明は、以下の実施例に限定されない。 The present invention will be specifically explained below by giving examples and comparative examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples.
(熱硬化性樹脂)
(1)ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂(日本化薬社製「NC-3000」)
(2)ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂(日本化薬社製「NC-3000-H」)
(3)p-アミノフェノール型エポキシ樹脂(三菱ケミカル社製「630」)
(4)ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(DIC社製「HP-7200」)
(Thermosetting resin)
(1) Biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
(2) Biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000-H" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
(3) p-Aminophenol type epoxy resin ("630" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)
(4) Dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin (DIC Corporation "HP-7200")
(硬化剤)
(1)アミノトリアジン骨格クレゾールノボラック樹脂含有液(DIC社製「LA-3018-50P」、不揮発成分50質量%とプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル50質量%とを含む)
(2)トリアジン骨格フェノールノボラック樹脂含有液(DIC社製「LA-7054」、不揮発成分60質量%とメチルエチルケトン40質量%とを含む)
(3)活性エステル樹脂含有液(DIC社製「HPC-8000-65T」、不揮発成分65質量%とトルエン35質量%とを含む)
(Hardening agent)
(1) Aminotriazine skeleton cresol novolak resin-containing liquid (DIC Corporation's "LA-3018-50P", containing 50% by mass of non-volatile components and 50% by mass of propylene glycol monoethyl ether)
(2) Triazine skeleton phenol novolak resin-containing liquid (DIC Corporation's "LA-7054", containing 60% by mass of non-volatile components and 40% by mass of methyl ethyl ketone)
(3) Activated ester resin-containing liquid (DIC Corporation's "HPC-8000-65T", containing 65% by mass of non-volatile components and 35% by mass of toluene)
(硬化促進剤)
(1)イミダゾール化合物(2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、四国化成工業社製「2P4MZ」)
(Cure Accelerator)
(1) Imidazole compound (2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, "2P4MZ" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(熱可塑性樹脂)
(1)フェノキシ樹脂含有液(三菱ケミカル社製「YX6954BH30」、不揮発成分30質量%とメチルエチルケトン35質量%とシクロヘキサノン35質量%とを含む)
(2)ポリイミド樹脂1(下記合成例1で合成したポリイミド樹脂、不揮発成分20質量%)
(Thermoplastic resin)
(1) Phenoxy resin-containing liquid ("YX6954BH30" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, containing 30% by mass of non-volatile components, 35% by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, and 35% by mass of cyclohexanone)
(2) Polyimide resin 1 (polyimide resin synthesized in Synthesis Example 1 below, non-volatile component 20% by mass)
(ラジカル重合性樹脂)
マレイミド樹脂1(SLK6895-T90、下記式で表される構造(一部に不飽和結合を含んでもよい)を有する脂肪族骨格含有マレイミド樹脂、不揮発成分90質量%とトルエン10質量%)
(Radical Polymerizable Resin)
Maleimide resin 1 (SLK6895-T90, an aliphatic skeleton-containing maleimide resin having a structure represented by the following formula (which may contain a partial unsaturated bond), 90% by mass of non-volatile components and 10% by mass of toluene)
(無機充填材)
(1)シリカ1(アドマテックス社製「SO-C4」100質量部をN-フェニル-3-アミノプロピル基を有するシランカップリング剤(信越化学工業社製「KBM-573」)0.4質量部によって表面処理した球状シリカ、平均粒子径1.0μm)
(2)シリカ2(アドマテックス社製「SO-C2」100質量部をN-フェニル-3-アミノプロピル基を有するシランカップリング剤(信越化学工業社製「KBM-573」)0.6質量部によって表面処理した球状シリカ、平均粒子径0.5μm)
(3)シリカ3(アドマテックス社製「YC100C」100質量部をN-フェニル-3-アミノプロピル基を有するシランカップリング剤(信越化学工業社製「KBM-573」)3.0質量部によって表面処理した球状シリカ、平均粒子径0.10μm)
(Inorganic filler)
(1) Silica 1 (spherical silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "SO-C4" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. with 0.4 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), average particle size 1.0 μm)
(2) Silica 2 (spherical silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "SO-C2" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. with 0.6 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), average particle size 0.5 μm)
(3) Silica 3 (spherical silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "YC100C" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. with 3.0 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), average particle size 0.10 μm)
(溶剤)
(1)溶剤(MEK、メチルエチルケトン、富士フィルム和光純薬社製)
(solvent)
(1) Solvent (MEK, methyl ethyl ketone, Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
(合成例1:ポリイミド樹脂1)
溶媒としてのN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(以下、「DMAc」ともいう。)400g中に、2,2-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン二無水物(以下、「BPADA」ともいう。)49.6gと、4,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス[(1-メチルエチリデン)-4,1-フェニレンオキシ]]ビスベンゼンアミン(以下、「BPPAN」ともいう。)50.4gと、溶媒としてのトルエン40gとを混合することで得られるモノマー組成物を、常温、大気圧中で3時間撹拌、反応させた。これにより、ポリアミド酸の溶液を得た。
(Synthesis Example 1: Polyimide resin 1)
A monomer composition was obtained by mixing 49.6 g of 2,2-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]propane dianhydride (hereinafter also referred to as "BPADA"), 50.4 g of 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis[(1-methylethylidene)-4,1-phenyleneoxy]]bisbenzenamine (hereinafter also referred to as "BPPAN"), and 40 g of toluene as a solvent into 400 g of N,N-dimethylacetamide (hereinafter also referred to as "DMAc") as a solvent, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature and atmospheric pressure for 3 hours. As a result, a solution of polyamic acid was obtained.
引き続き、ポリアミド酸の溶液を昇温した後、約160℃に保持しながら、窒素気流下で縮合水をトルエンとともに共沸除去した。水分定量受器に所定量の水がたまっていること、及び、水の流出が見られなくなっていることを確認した。確認後、反応溶液を更に昇温し、200℃で1時間攪拌した。その後、冷却した。これにより、ポリイミド樹脂(以下、「ポリイミド樹脂1」ともいう。)を不揮発成分として20質量%含むワニスを得た。 The polyamic acid solution was then heated and, while maintained at approximately 160°C, the condensed water was removed azeotropically with toluene under a nitrogen stream. It was confirmed that the specified amount of water had accumulated in the moisture content receiver and that no water was leaking out. After this, the reaction solution was further heated and stirred at 200°C for 1 hour. It was then cooled. This resulted in a varnish containing 20% by mass of polyimide resin (hereinafter also referred to as "polyimide resin 1") as a non-volatile component.
ポリイミド樹脂1は、上記反応経路から、下記式(C1a)で表される構造単位を含むことが推定された。また、ポリイミド樹脂1は、上記反応経路から、BPADAに由来する第1の骨格と、BPPANに由来する第2の骨格とを含むことが推定された。 From the above reaction pathway, it was estimated that polyimide resin 1 contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (C1a). In addition, from the above reaction pathway, it was estimated that polyimide resin 1 contains a first skeleton derived from BPADA and a second skeleton derived from BPPAN.
また、ポリイミド樹脂1のガラス転移温度Tg(TMA法)は210℃であった。Tgは、リガク社製TMA装置を用い25℃から250℃まで5℃/分の昇温速度で測定した。 The glass transition temperature Tg (TMA method) of polyimide resin 1 was 210°C. Tg was measured using a Rigaku TMA device at a heating rate of 5°C/min from 25°C to 250°C.
(実施例1)
ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂(日本化薬社製「NC-3000」)25質量部、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂(日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製「ZX1059」)2部、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(DIC社製「HP-7200」)7質量部、アミノトリアジン骨格クレゾールノボラック樹脂含有液(DIC社製「LA-3018-50P」)5質量部(不揮発成分2.5質量部)、活性エステル樹脂含有液(DIC社製「HPC-8000-65T」)200質量部(不揮発成分130質量部)、イミダゾール化合物(四国化成工業社製「2P4MZ」)10質量部、フェノキシ樹脂含有液(三菱ケミカル社製「YX6954BH30」)10質量部(不揮発成分3質量部)、マレイミド樹脂15質量部(不揮発成分13.5質量部)、ポリイミド樹脂1を5質量部(不揮発成分1質量部)、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)125質量部を混合し、均一な溶液となるまで常温で攪拌し、樹脂組成物ワニスAを得た。
Example 1
Biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 25 parts by mass, bisphenol type epoxy resin ("ZX1059" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.) 2 parts by mass, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("HP-7200" manufactured by DIC Corporation) 7 parts by mass, aminotriazine skeleton cresol novolac resin-containing liquid ("LA-3018-50P" manufactured by DIC Corporation) 5 parts by mass (non-volatile components 2.5 parts by mass), active ester resin-containing liquid ("HPC-8000-65T" manufactured by DIC Corporation) 200 parts by mass of polyimide resin (130 parts by mass of non-volatile component), 10 parts by mass of an imidazole compound ("2P4MZ" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 10 parts by mass of a phenoxy resin-containing liquid ("YX6954BH30" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) (3 parts by mass of non-volatile component), 15 parts by mass of maleimide resin (13.5 parts by mass of non-volatile component), 5 parts by mass of polyimide resin 1 (1 part by mass of non-volatile component), and 125 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) were mixed and stirred at room temperature until a homogeneous solution was obtained, thereby obtaining a resin composition varnish A.
外層(第1樹脂組成物層;ラミネート後に外層になる層)の形成:
得られた樹脂組成物ワニスAに、シリカ3(アドマテックス社製「YC100C」100質量部をN-フェニル-3-アミノプロピル基を有するシランカップリング剤(信越化学工業社製「KBM-573」)3.0質量部によって表面処理した球状シリカ)130質量部を混合し、均一な溶液となるまで常温で攪拌し、樹脂組成物ワニスBを得た。
Formation of outer layer (first resin composition layer; layer that becomes the outer layer after lamination):
The obtained resin composition varnish A was mixed with 130 parts by mass of silica 3 (spherical silica obtained by surface-treating 100 parts by mass of "YC100C" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. with 3.0 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature until a homogeneous solution was obtained, thereby obtaining a resin composition varnish B.
アプリケーターを用いて、PETフィルム(厚み38μm)の離型処理面上に得られた樹脂組成物ワニスBを塗工した後、170℃のギアオーブン内で180秒間乾燥し、溶剤を揮発させた。このようにして、PETフィルム上に、厚さが2μmのシート状成形体A(外層;第1樹脂組成物層)を得た。 The obtained resin composition varnish B was applied to the release-treated surface of a PET film (thickness 38 μm) using an applicator, and then dried in a gear oven at 170°C for 180 seconds to volatilize the solvent. In this way, a sheet-like molded product A (outer layer; first resin composition layer) with a thickness of 2 μm was obtained on the PET film.
内層(第1樹脂組成物層を除く層;ラミネート後に内層になる層)の形成:形成方法1
-塗工による積層
ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂(日本化薬社製「NC-3000」)20質量部、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂(日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製「ZX1059」)3部、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(DIC社製「HP-7200」)10質量部、アミノトリアジン骨格クレゾールノボラック樹脂含有液(DIC社製「LA-3018-50P」)15質量部(不揮発成分7.5質量部)、活性エステル樹脂含有液(DIC社製「HPC-8000-65T」)80質量部(不揮発成分52部)、イミダゾール化合物(四国化成工業社製「2P4MZ」)2質量部、フェノキシ樹脂含有液(三菱ケミカル社製「YX6954BH30」)5質量部(不揮発成分1.5質量部)、ポリイミド樹脂1を5質量部(不揮発成分1質量部)、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)200質量部を混合し、均一な溶液となるまで常温で攪拌し、樹脂組成物ワニスCを得た。
Formation of inner layer (layers other than the first resin composition layer; layers that become the inner layer after lamination): Formation method 1
-Lamination by coating 20 parts by mass of biphenyl type epoxy resin ("NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 3 parts by mass of bisphenol type epoxy resin ("ZX1059" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Material Co., Ltd.), 10 parts by mass of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("HP-7200" manufactured by DIC Corporation), 15 parts by mass of aminotriazine skeleton cresol novolac resin-containing liquid ("LA-3018-50P" manufactured by DIC Corporation) (7.5 parts by mass of non-volatile components), active ester resin-containing liquid (DIC A resin composition varnish C was obtained by mixing 80 parts by mass (52 parts by mass of non-volatile component) of an imidazole compound (2P4MZ manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2 parts by mass of a phenoxy resin-containing liquid (YX6954BH30 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) (1.5 parts by mass of non-volatile component), 5 parts by mass of polyimide resin 1 (1 part by mass of non-volatile component), and 200 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). The mixture was stirred at room temperature until a homogeneous solution was obtained, and a resin composition varnish C was obtained.
得られた樹脂組成物ワニスCに、シリカ2(アドマテックス社製「SO-C2」100質量部をN-フェニル-3-アミノプロピル基を有するシランカップリング剤(信越化学工業社製「KBM-573」)0.6質量部によって表面処理した球状シリカ)290質量部を混合し、均一な溶液となるまで常温で攪拌し、樹脂組成物ワニスDを得た。 The obtained resin composition varnish C was mixed with 290 parts by mass of silica 2 (spherical silica surface-treated with 100 parts by mass of "SO-C2" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. and 0.6 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent having an N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl group ("KBM-573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and stirred at room temperature until a homogeneous solution was obtained, to obtain resin composition varnish D.
次に、得られたシート状成形体Aの上に、全体厚みが40μmとなるように、得られた樹脂組成物ワニスDを塗工した後、100℃のギアオーブン内で2分間乾燥し、溶剤を揮発させた。このようにして、シート状の成形体A上に、厚さ38μmのシート状成形体C(内層;第1樹脂組成物層を除く層)を形成し、厚さが40μmの多層樹脂シートBを得た。多層樹脂シートBは、シート状成形体C/シート状成形体A/支持体の層構成を有する。 Then, the obtained resin composition varnish D was applied onto the obtained sheet-like molded body A so that the total thickness was 40 μm, and then it was dried in a gear oven at 100°C for 2 minutes to evaporate the solvent. In this way, a sheet-like molded body C (inner layer; layers excluding the first resin composition layer) having a thickness of 38 μm was formed on the sheet-like molded body A, and a multilayer resin sheet B having a thickness of 40 μm was obtained. The multilayer resin sheet B has a layer structure of sheet-like molded body C/sheet-like molded body A/support.
[評価用基板の作製]
(1)内層基板の用意
内層回路を形成したガラス布基材エポキシ樹脂両面積層板(銅箔の厚さ18μm、基板の厚さ0.3mm、サイズ500mmx500mm、パナソニック社製「R5715ES」)の両面の銅箔をエッチング処理し、L/Sが1mm/1mm及び長さが5cmである銅パターンを25本作製し、凹凸基板を得た。その後、メック社製「CZ8100」にて1μmエッチングして銅表面の粗化処理を行った。
[Preparation of Evaluation Substrate]
(1) Preparation of inner layer substrate The copper foil on both sides of a glass cloth-based epoxy resin double-sided laminate (copper foil thickness 18 μm, substrate thickness 0.3 mm, size 500 mm x 500 mm, Panasonic "R5715ES") on which an inner layer circuit was formed was etched to produce 25 copper patterns with L/S of 1 mm/1 mm and length of 5 cm, to obtain a textured substrate. The copper surface was then roughened by etching 1 μm using MEC's "CZ8100".
(2)内層基板への多層樹脂シートの積層
得られた多層樹脂シートBを、そのシート状成形体C側から、基板表面に重ねて、バッチ式真空加圧ラミネーター(ニチゴー・モートン社製 2ステージビルドアップラミネーター CVP700)を用いて、シート状成形体Cが内層回路基板と接するように、内層回路基板の両面に積層した。積層は、30秒間減圧して気圧を13hPa以下とした後、100℃、圧力0.74MPaにて30秒間圧着させることにより実施した。次いで、100℃、圧力0.5MPaにて60秒間熱プレスを行った。
(2) Lamination of multilayer resin sheet to inner layer substrate The obtained multilayer resin sheet B was placed on the substrate surface from the sheet-like molded body C side, and laminated on both sides of the inner layer circuit substrate using a batch type vacuum pressure laminator (Nichigo-Morton Co., Ltd. 2-stage build-up laminator CVP700) so that the sheet-like molded body C was in contact with the inner layer circuit substrate. The lamination was performed by reducing the pressure for 30 seconds to 13 hPa or less, and then pressing at 100°C and a pressure of 0.74 MPa for 30 seconds. Next, a heat press was performed at 100°C and a pressure of 0.5 MPa for 60 seconds.
(3)多層樹脂シートの硬化
積層された支持体付き多層樹脂シートを、100℃で30分間、次いで170℃で30分間加熱し、多層樹脂シートを熱硬化して絶縁層を形成した。得られた積層サンプルを「積層サンプルD」と称する。
(3) Curing of the Multilayer Resin Sheet The laminated multilayer resin sheet with the support was heated at 100° C. for 30 minutes and then at 170° C. for 30 minutes to thermally cure the multilayer resin sheet and form an insulating layer. The obtained laminate sample is referred to as “Laminate Sample D”.
(4)ビアホールの形成
日立ビアメカニクス社製CO2レーザー加工機「LC-2E21B/1C」を使用して、積層サンプルDを穴あけ加工して、絶縁層にビアホールを形成した。絶縁層表面におけるビアホールのトップ径(直径)は50μmであった。なお、穴あけ加工の条件は、マスク径1.60mm、フォーカスオフセット値0.050、パルス幅25μs、エネルギー0.33mJ/ショット(出力0.66W、周波数2000Hz)、アパーチャー13、ショット数2、バーストモードであった。
次に、ビア形成した積層サンプルDについて、支持体を剥離した。
(4) Formation of via holes Using a CO2 laser processing machine "LC-2E21B/1C" manufactured by Hitachi Via Mechanics, laminate sample D was drilled to form via holes in the insulating layer. The top diameter (diameter) of the via hole on the insulating layer surface was 50 μm. The conditions for drilling were mask diameter 1.60 mm, focus offset value 0.050, pulse width 25 μs, energy 0.33 mJ/shot (output 0.66 W, frequency 2000 Hz), aperture 13, number of shots 2, and burst mode.
Next, the support was peeled off from the laminate sample D in which the vias were formed.
(5)デスミア処理
ビア形成した積層サンプルDについて、以下の手順にしたがって、デスミア処理を実施した。
(5) Desmear Treatment A desmear treatment was carried out on the laminate sample D having vias formed therein according to the following procedure.
膨潤処理:
60℃の膨潤液(アトテックジャパン社製「スウェリングディップ・セキュリガントP」、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル及び水酸化ナトリウムの水溶液)に、上記ビア形成した積層サンプルDを入れて、膨潤温度60℃で10分間揺動させた。その後、純水で洗浄した。
Swelling treatment:
The laminate sample D with the vias formed therein was placed in a swelling liquid at 60° C. (Atotech Japan's "Swelling Dip Securigant P", an aqueous solution of diethylene glycol monobutyl ether and sodium hydroxide) and swung for 10 minutes at a swelling temperature of 60° C. Thereafter, the laminate sample D was washed with pure water.
粗化処理:
80℃の酸化剤溶液(アトテックジャパン社製「コンセントレートコンパクトCP」、過マンガン酸カリウム濃度約6%、水酸化ナトリウム濃度約4%の水溶液)に、膨潤処理された上記積層サンプルを入れて、粗化温度80℃で20分間揺動させた。
Roughening treatment:
The swollen laminated sample was placed in an oxidant solution at 80° C. (Atotech Japan's "Concentrate Compact CP", an aqueous solution containing potassium permanganate at a concentration of approximately 6% and sodium hydroxide at a concentration of approximately 4%) and was shaken at a roughening temperature of 80° C. for 20 minutes.
中和処理:
その後、40℃の中和液(アトテックジャパン社製「リダクションセキュリガントP」、硫酸水溶液)により10分間洗浄した後、純水でさらに洗浄した。得られた積層サンプルを「積層サンプルE」と称する。
Neutralization process:
Thereafter, the laminated sample was washed with a neutralizing solution (Reduction Securigant P, an aqueous sulfuric acid solution, manufactured by Atotech Japan) at 40° C. for 10 minutes, and then further washed with pure water. The obtained laminated sample is referred to as “Laminated Sample E”.
[表面粗度の測定]
積層サンプルEについて、非接触型表面粗さ計(ビーコインスツルメンツ社製「WYKO NT3300」)を用いて、VSIモード、50倍レンズにより測定範囲を121μm×92μmとして得られる数値によりRa値を求めた。それぞれ無作為に選んだ10点の平均値を求めることにより測定値とした。表面粗度は、算術平均粗さ(Ra)の値に基づき、下記の基準で判定した。
[Measurement of surface roughness]
For laminate sample E, the Ra value was determined using a non-contact surface roughness meter (WYKO NT3300 manufactured by Beco Instruments) in VSI mode with a 50x lens over a measurement range of 121 μm x 92 μm. The measured value was determined by averaging 10 randomly selected points. The surface roughness was determined based on the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) and the following criteria.
算術平均粗さ(Ra)の判定基準:
◎:算術平均粗さ(Ra)が30nm未満
○:算術平均粗さ(Ra)が30nm以上、50nm未満
×:算術平均粗さ(Ra)が50nm以上
Criteria for arithmetic mean roughness (Ra):
⊚: arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is less than 30 nm; ◯: arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is 30 nm or more and less than 50 nm; ×: arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is 50 nm or more
[エッチングレートの測定]
アプリケーターを用いて、PETフィルム(厚み38μm)の離型処理面上に、得られた樹脂組成物ワニスBを塗工した後、100℃のギアオーブン内で2分間乾燥し、溶剤を揮発させた。このようにして、PETフィルム上に、厚さが38μmのシート状成形体A’を得た。別途、樹脂組成物ワニスDを用いた以外は同様にして、PETフィルム上に、厚さが38μmのシート状成形体C’を得た。
次いで、シート状成形体A’とシート状成形体C’とをそれぞれ、100℃で30分間、次いで170℃で30分間加熱して、硬化体A’と硬化体C’を得た。
得られた硬化体A’と硬化体C’の質量をそれぞれ測定した。
[Measurement of Etching Rate]
The obtained resin composition varnish B was applied to the release-treated surface of a PET film (thickness 38 μm) using an applicator, and then dried in a gear oven at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to volatilize the solvent. In this way, a sheet-shaped molded body A' having a thickness of 38 μm was obtained on the PET film. Separately, a sheet-shaped molded body C' having a thickness of 38 μm was obtained on the PET film in the same manner, except that the resin composition varnish D was used.
Next, the sheet-form molded products A' and C' were each heated at 100° C. for 30 minutes and then at 170° C. for 30 minutes to obtain cured products A' and C'.
The masses of the obtained cured bodies A' and C' were each measured.
次いで、得られた硬化体A’と硬化体C’について、上記「(5)デスミア処理」に記載したものと同様にして膨潤処理、粗化処理、中和処理に付し、デスミア処理を実施した。こうしてデスミア処理された硬化体A”、C”を得た。
デスミア処理後の硬化体A”、C”の質量をそれぞれ測定した。
Next, the obtained cured bodies A' and C' were subjected to the swelling treatment, roughening treatment, and neutralization treatment in the same manner as described in the above "(5) Desmear treatment", and thus a desmear treatment was carried out. In this way, desmeared cured bodies A" and C" were obtained.
The masses of the cured bodies A″ and C″ after the desmear treatment were measured.
得られた硬化体A’、C’、A”、C”の質量を用いて、以下の式に基づき、第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートRAと、第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートRDを算出した。 The masses of the obtained cured bodies A', C', A", and C" were used to calculate the etching rate RA by desmearing the cured product of the first resin composition layer and the etching rate RD by desmearing the cured product of the resin composition layer, which is the outermost layer on the opposite side to the first resin composition layer, based on the following formula.
エッチングレートRA=100×(A’の質量-A”の質量)/A’の質量
エッチングレートRD=100×(C’の質量-C”の質量)/C’の質量
Etching rate RA=100×(mass of A'-mass of A")/mass of A' Etching rate RD=100×(mass of C'-mass of C")/mass of C'
<スミア除去性の評価>
ビアホール底部の周囲を走査電子顕微鏡(SEM)にて観察し、得られた画像からビアホール底部の壁面からの最大スミア長を測定した。スミア除去性は、以下の基準に従って評価した。
評価基準:
○:最大スミア長が2μm未満
×:最大スミア長が2μm以上
<Evaluation of smear removal ability>
The periphery of the bottom of the via hole was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the maximum smear length from the wall surface of the bottom of the via hole was measured from the obtained image. The smear removability was evaluated according to the following criteria.
Evaluation criteria:
○: The maximum smear length is less than 2 μm. ×: The maximum smear length is 2 μm or more.
<ビアホールの断面形状の評価>
ビアホールの直径部分をFIBにて断面を切り出し、走査電子顕微鏡(SEM)にて観察し、得られた画像から第1樹脂組成物層に由来する絶縁層部分におけるビア最大径R1と、該第1樹脂組成物層を除く層に由来する絶縁層部分におけるビア最大径R2を測定した。ビアホールの断面形状は以下の基準に従って評価した。
<Evaluation of the cross-sectional shape of via holes>
The cross section of the via hole was cut out by FIB and observed by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the maximum via diameter R1 in the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer and the maximum via diameter R2 in the insulating layer portion derived from the layer other than the first resin composition layer were measured from the obtained image. The cross-sectional shape of the via hole was evaluated according to the following criteria.
評価基準:
○:R1≧R2
×:R1<R2
Evaluation criteria:
○: R1≧R2
×: R1<R2
<デスミア処理前後での膜厚変化の評価>
積層サンプルD(熱硬化後)と積層サンプルE(デスミア処理後)について、FIBにて断面を切り出し、走査電子顕微鏡(SEM)にて絶縁層を観察し、得られた画像から第1樹脂組成物層に由来する絶縁層部分の厚さを計測した。そして、積層サンプルDにおける第1樹脂組成物層に由来する絶縁層部分の厚さと積層サンプルEにおける第1樹脂組成物層に由来する絶縁層部分の厚さの差に基づき、以下の基準に従って評価した。
<Evaluation of film thickness change before and after desmear treatment>
Cross sections of laminate sample D (after thermal curing) and laminate sample E (after desmearing) were cut out using an FIB, the insulating layer was observed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the thickness of the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer was measured from the obtained image. Then, based on the difference between the thickness of the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer in laminate sample D and the thickness of the insulating layer portion derived from the first resin composition layer in laminate sample E, evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
評価基準:
◎:厚さの差が0.5μm未満
○:厚さの差が0.5μm以上、1.0μm未満
×:厚さの差が1.0μm以上
Evaluation criteria:
◎: Thickness difference is less than 0.5 μm. ○: Thickness difference is 0.5 μm or more and less than 1.0 μm. ×: Thickness difference is 1.0 μm or more.
(実施例2)
内層の形成方法を、以下の形成方法2に変更し、得られた多層樹脂シートB’を使用した以外は、実施例1と同様にして、サンプルを作製し、評価を行った。
Example 2
A sample was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the method for forming the inner layer was changed to Formation Method 2 below, and the resulting multilayer resin sheet B' was used.
内層の形成:形成方法2-ラミネートによる積層
アプリケーターを用いて、PETフィルム(厚み38μm)の離型処理面上に、得られた樹脂組成物ワニスDを塗工した後、100℃のギアオーブン内で2分間乾燥し、溶剤を揮発させた。このようにして、PETフィルム上に、厚さが38μmのシート状成形体Cを得た。
Formation of inner layer: Formation method 2 - Lamination by lamination Using an applicator, the obtained resin composition varnish D was applied onto a release-treated surface of a PET film (thickness 38 μm), and then dried for 2 minutes in a gear oven at 100° C. to volatilize the solvent. In this way, a sheet-like molded product C having a thickness of 38 μm was obtained on the PET film.
シート状成形体Aとシート状成形体Cとを、互いに塗工面が重なるように真空加圧式ラミネーター機(名機製作所社製「MVLP-500」)を用いて、圧力0.4MPa及び温度100℃の条件で60秒間ラミネートして、多層樹脂シートB’を得た。 The sheet-like molded body A and the sheet-like molded body C were laminated with their coated surfaces overlapping each other using a vacuum pressure laminator ("MVLP-500" manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho) at a pressure of 0.4 MPa and a temperature of 100°C for 60 seconds to obtain a multilayer resin sheet B'.
(実施例3~5及び比較例1~3)
実施例1に対し、表1のように外層や内層の配合を変更した以外は、実施例1と同様にして、サンプルを作製し、評価を行った。
(Examples 3 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
Samples were prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the compositions of the outer layer and the inner layer were changed as shown in Table 1.
Claims (11)
第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRAとし、該第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の最外層である樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理によるエッチングレートをRDとした場合に、RD/RAが5以上100未満であり、
第1樹脂組成物層の硬化物のデスミア処理後の算術平均粗さRaが50nm未満である、多層樹脂シート。 A multilayer resin sheet having two or more resin composition layers including a first resin composition layer which is an outermost layer on one side and a layer other than the first resin composition layer,
an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the first resin composition layer is defined as RA, and an etching rate by a desmear treatment of a cured product of the resin composition layer that is the outermost layer on the opposite side to the first resin composition layer is defined as RD, RD/RA is 5 or more and less than 100,
A multilayer resin sheet, wherein the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of a cured product of a first resin composition layer after a desmear treatment is less than 50 nm.
(I)内層基板上に、請求項1~7の何れか1項に記載の多層樹脂シートを、該多層樹脂シートの第1樹脂組成物層とは反対側の表面が内層基板と接合するように積層する工程
(II)多層樹脂シートを硬化して絶縁層を形成する工程
(III)絶縁層にレーザーでビアホールを形成し、デスミア処理する工程
(IV)デスミア処理後に絶縁層表面に金属膜を形成する工程 A method for producing a printed wiring board, comprising the following steps (I) to (IV):
(I) a step of laminating the multilayer resin sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 7 on an inner layer substrate so that the surface of the multilayer resin sheet opposite to the first resin composition layer is bonded to the inner layer substrate; (II) a step of curing the multilayer resin sheet to form an insulating layer; (III) a step of forming via holes in the insulating layer by a laser and performing a desmear treatment; and (IV) a step of forming a metal film on the surface of the insulating layer after the desmear treatment.
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| KR1020257032204A KR20250169332A (en) | 2023-03-30 | 2024-02-07 | multilayer resin sheet |
| JP2025509845A JPWO2024202564A1 (en) | 2023-03-30 | 2024-02-07 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023-055978 | 2023-03-30 | ||
| JP2023055978 | 2023-03-30 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024202564A1 true WO2024202564A1 (en) | 2024-10-03 |
Family
ID=92904094
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/004160 Ceased WO2024202564A1 (en) | 2023-03-30 | 2024-02-07 | Multilayer resin sheet |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2024202564A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20250169332A (en) |
| TW (1) | TW202506415A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024202564A1 (en) |
Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006045388A (en) * | 2004-08-05 | 2006-02-16 | Kaneka Corp | Insulating adhesive sheet and its application |
| JP2006202980A (en) * | 2005-01-20 | 2006-08-03 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Multilayer interconnection board and its manufacturing method |
| JP2007056233A (en) * | 2005-07-26 | 2007-03-08 | Kaneka Corp | Thermosetting resin composition and use thereof |
| JP2013035930A (en) * | 2011-08-05 | 2013-02-21 | Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd | Adhesive film, multilayer printed wiring board using the same and method for producing the multilayer printed wiring board |
| WO2013042748A1 (en) * | 2011-09-22 | 2013-03-28 | 日立化成株式会社 | Laminated body, laminated board, multi-layer laminated board, printed wiring board, and production method for laminated board |
| JP2019218451A (en) * | 2018-06-19 | 2019-12-26 | 味の素株式会社 | Cured body layer, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, resin sheet, method for manufacturing printed wiring board, and method for producing resin sheet |
| JP2021161323A (en) * | 2020-04-01 | 2021-10-11 | 味の素株式会社 | Resin composition |
Family Cites Families (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009119621A (en) | 2007-11-12 | 2009-06-04 | Sekisui Seikei Ltd | Device and method for manufacturing resin sheet |
-
2024
- 2024-02-07 JP JP2025509845A patent/JPWO2024202564A1/ja active Pending
- 2024-02-07 KR KR1020257032204A patent/KR20250169332A/en active Pending
- 2024-02-07 WO PCT/JP2024/004160 patent/WO2024202564A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2024-03-26 TW TW113111146A patent/TW202506415A/en unknown
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006045388A (en) * | 2004-08-05 | 2006-02-16 | Kaneka Corp | Insulating adhesive sheet and its application |
| JP2006202980A (en) * | 2005-01-20 | 2006-08-03 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Multilayer interconnection board and its manufacturing method |
| JP2007056233A (en) * | 2005-07-26 | 2007-03-08 | Kaneka Corp | Thermosetting resin composition and use thereof |
| JP2013035930A (en) * | 2011-08-05 | 2013-02-21 | Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd | Adhesive film, multilayer printed wiring board using the same and method for producing the multilayer printed wiring board |
| WO2013042748A1 (en) * | 2011-09-22 | 2013-03-28 | 日立化成株式会社 | Laminated body, laminated board, multi-layer laminated board, printed wiring board, and production method for laminated board |
| JP2019218451A (en) * | 2018-06-19 | 2019-12-26 | 味の素株式会社 | Cured body layer, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, resin sheet, method for manufacturing printed wiring board, and method for producing resin sheet |
| JP2021161323A (en) * | 2020-04-01 | 2021-10-11 | 味の素株式会社 | Resin composition |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2024202564A1 (en) | 2024-10-03 |
| KR20250169332A (en) | 2025-12-02 |
| TW202506415A (en) | 2025-02-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI851739B (en) | Resin sheets, circuit substrates and semiconductor chip packaging | |
| TW202346444A (en) | Resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product that is excellent in both crack resistance and desmear resistance | |
| KR102839001B1 (en) | Resin composition | |
| CN110387154A (en) | Resin combination | |
| WO2023085184A1 (en) | Multilayer resin sheet | |
| JP7601049B2 (en) | Resin composition | |
| KR20230154753A (en) | Resin composition | |
| JP7600954B2 (en) | Resin composition | |
| JP2024103764A (en) | Circuit board manufacturing method | |
| TW202003767A (en) | Adhesive sheet with support | |
| TW202405085A (en) | resin composition | |
| JP7816373B2 (en) | Multilayer resin sheet | |
| JP2024137375A (en) | Resin composition | |
| WO2024202564A1 (en) | Multilayer resin sheet | |
| JP7601126B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of circuit board and resin sheet with metal foil | |
| JP2025042674A (en) | Resin composition | |
| JP2025109840A (en) | resin composition | |
| JP2023067521A (en) | resin composition | |
| TW202524714A (en) | Method for manufacturing circuit substrate which has a cured layer on a polished surface capable of suppressing formation of recessed portions | |
| WO2025004499A1 (en) | Method for manufacturing wiring board | |
| JP2024118862A (en) | Method for manufacturing a resin sheet with metal foil | |
| WO2026023566A1 (en) | Method for manufacturing circuit board for semiconductor package | |
| CN118695476A (en) | Method for manufacturing circuit board | |
| TW202502535A (en) | Method for producing resin sheet with protective film | |
| JP2024155375A (en) | Thermosetting resin composition |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24778709 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2025509845 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2025509845 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 1020257032204 Country of ref document: KR Free format text: ST27 STATUS EVENT CODE: A-0-1-A10-A15-NAP-PA0105 (AS PROVIDED BY THE NATIONAL OFFICE) |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: KR1020257032204 Country of ref document: KR |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |